Upload
lamxuyen
View
214
Download
1
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
L1
June 11 1965
To Mr James R Fowler USAID Mission Director Bogota Colombia
From George J Kuch Fire~ sExpert
Subject Terminal Report on Survey of Firearms in Rational Police and DAS
Attached is my report following a comprehensive survey
of the firearms in use by the Colombia National Police and
DAS to determine their appropriateness serviceability
maintenance procedures and resources and sufficiency in
number for police use
It will be noted that one portion of this report is
used to cover the National Police situation and another
portion for DAB
Before going further I would like to express my sincere
appreciation to Mr Herbert U Hardin John H Doney the
other Office of Public- Safety people and the personnel in
the AID Mission for the wonderful help and cooperation
given me during my assignment in Colombia Everyone has been
very kind and helpful hich has contributed greatly in my
accomplishments
The recommendations in this report are listed ifn the
AID order of their prioritfeference Center
Room 1656 NS
a
-2-
FIREARMS CONDITION AND STORAGE
CONCLUSIONS - NATIONAL POLICE
1 All of the Mauser rifles in the National Police service are
worn out and their bolt action is obsolete for modern
police work Some of them are 67 years old and the newest
are 25 years old The manual operation provides slow
firing Because ofcontinuous handling the bluing is worn
off all metal parts and stocks are worn clean of finishes
Most of them have heavy corrosion in the barrels Yet
many policemen are armed only with this gun
2 The Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines are a semishy
automatic carbine They were made in the Dominican
Republic about 15 years ago It is notagood-desTyn as
-it--is-vffryeavy and not well constructed It is dangerous
and often will fire when the butt is dropped to the ground
Several police of record have been killed by such accidental
fire The stock is of poor wood and often breaks because of
the large cutout for the receiver The rear sight often falls
off When the clip is loaded to capacity (30 rounds) the
spring freezes in the coipressed position and the cartridges
will not feed into the chamber Often the extractor will
not extract the fired case A natural method of holding the
rifle when firing is by the clip The clip is loose enough
-3shy
that when it is pressed to one side it causes the gun to
malfunction In general these guns are not suitable for
police use
3 Some of the revolvers are badly worn and need reconditioning
4 The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal
frame stock wbid folds forward against the gun action
making it easy to conceal It only fires full automatic
The clip holds 30 rounds The multiple safety is confusing
It is only effective at short ranges It is seldom used
except by non-commissioned squad leaders or on special
assignments such as guarding banks
5 The caliber 45 Reising looks much like a carbine but is
capable of full automatic firing These guns are old
and show considerable wear They are not liked by the
police and are seldom used Ammunition for this arm is
notreadily available to the police
6 The Colt AR 15 223 caliber is a very light gun and
expensive The unusual size ammunition adds another problem
to the use of this gun The Police have only 10 on a trial
basis They are not very suitable for police use
7 Everyone likes the caliber 30 Ml carbine It is light
effective and simple Gives no trouble They would like
C
-4-
0 larger than 10 shot clips The only complaint is that
with the constant carrying these rifles over the shoulder
the web sling wears out
8 The 200 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns have been distributed
to several Departments These police have had very little
experience with shotguns but they all feel they would be S
an advantage Agents in rural areas could pose as a
hunter With the spread of shot effective shooting can
be accomplished without careful aiming Is effective for I
night shooting
9 Hundreds of revolvers are in storage in the various
stations being held for emergency use The investment 0
would be much more justified if all these revolvers could
be in service
10 Any of the firearms which are not in use hundreds of them-_ I
in some stations are stored in heavy grease The use of
grease on stored guns is undesirable It makes a very
messy storage makes close inspection impossible$ is hard
on the wood and in many instances there will be spots
of metal which are not covered with grease that will rust
and not be observed until it has reached proportions beyond
repair Just the fact the gun is covered with grease is
cause to believe no inspection is required When these
guns are put into service much timeis required to clean them 01
4
-5shy
11 Many of the revolvers are st6red in their original
boxes and these in large wooden boxes where inspection
is very difficult On one occasion I opened one of the
boxes and while the revolver looked unused yet the
haner spring was broken
12 In many stations these rifles are stored in large boxes
just piled into a corner or laid in piles on the floor
Such storage is iery hard on sights stocks and on the
gun in general
13 Many police work in-uniform but are not armed In emergenshy
cies they could be of much greater value if they were
armed
14 Many man-hours are lost by the requirement of turning in
revolters and ammunition at the end of each shift and
reissuing it again for the next shift shy
15 The members of the National Police work in 6 hour shifts
They must turn their revolvers in at the end of each
shift This makes many hours each day that the police
are on the streets unarmed Often they are in uniform
going from their station to their home etc
16 The fact that officers may obtain any-type revolver or
pistol and that non-commissioned officers may obtain and
wear holsters of their choice deviates from standardizations
which are so important in successful police organizations
I
-6shy
17 There are many different types and calibers of revolvers S
and pistols in the police service requiring that many
types of ammunition must be stocked
AMMUNITION AND STORAGE
18 Large supplies of 7 1M (Mauser rifle) ammunition-were
found in all stations as much as 90000 rounds in one
place It was stored in boxes steel drums loose and
in clips and in every other manner Generally it was
manufactured in 1947 yet some was dated 1933 and one
lot of 2000 rounds dated 1931 Many of the brass
cases were badly dented in several places This was
true with ammunition carried by the police It is
doubtful if it would chamber There was poor storage
no records of time received and no established stock
limits
19 Much of the revolver ammunition stored in the factory
boxes is badly corroded from age -Poor methods are
used for its storage with no records as to when it is
received or any attempt made to use it in accordance with
the dates-received There are no maximum or minimum
stock levels provided and some stations have as much as
25000 rounds of 38 special ammunition on hand some of
-7shy
it as much as 20 years old At one station revolver
ammunition was stored in blocks of wood which had holes
drilled in them The ammunition was heavily covered with
grease to prevent corrosion
20 The ammunition used in service is stored in drilled wooden
blocks near the front entrance to the station As each
shift goes on duty they are each given 12 rounds When
they finish the shift the 12 rounds are returned to the
storage blocks At some stations the same ammunition had
been used in this manner for as long as 3 years The
brass and the lead bullets showed signs of severe wear
At larger stations hundreds of rounds were issued and
reissued each day utilizing many man-hours
21 The shotgun shells in service are with shot sizes from
number 2 to 9 None of these sizes are good for police use
22 Sub-Machine Gun Ammunition
45 caliber is very limited Them-is an adequate supply of
the 9 MM which is in good condition and only a small supply
of the 223 caliber
23 Caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition is in good condition
Methods of storage carry dates of receipt and established
minimum and maximum stock levels could be improved
-8shy
24 Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbine audaunition is in good
condition Methods of storage could be improved including
records of dates received and established stock levels
GENERAL
25 Bandits and the general public fully recognize how
poorly the National Police are armed This promotes
boldness among the trouble makers and seriously undermines
the confidence of the public in the police
26 Administration The functions of the firearms program
are very important and a complete plan of operation is
needed
- 9-
RECOMRIENDATIONS -- WTIONAL POLICE
FIREARMS CONDITION RUMBERS AND STORAGE
1 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines be
distroyed They are too dangerous for continued use
2 That the sub-mactine guns are not desirable in modern
police work especially in urban areas The sub-nachine
guns currently in use to be transferred to the rural
areas for use until they are no longer serviceable The
shotguns and caliber 30 11 carbines are far superior to
the sub-machine guns for police use even in the rural
areas
3 That all of the Mauser rifles to be disposed of They
may be sold to the public through proper channels nnd
the receipts used to purchase the much needed ammunition
4 That the 78 Winchester liodel 351 and 65 Savage 22 lHornet
rifles at Medellin be discontinued in police use They
are badly krn and the Hornet is not a good police rifle
5 That sufficient quantities of caliber 30 MI carbines
be obtained and issued to Department Leadquarters on the
basis of 2 for every 5 men in rural areas with priorities
to the violence areas
I
-t
- 10 shy
6 That sufficient extra 10 shot clips be obtained and
distributed at the rate of 2 extra clips per gun for
fast loading This will permit police to carry extra
loaded clips
7 That a sufficient quantity of 12 gauge pump shotguns
with 20 inch barrel be obtained and distributed to
Department Headquarters in rural violence areas on the
basis of 1 shotgun for each 3 men Each shotgun should
be equipped with a sling
8 That a sufficient quantity of caliber 30-06 1 rifles
or some other similar long range semi-automatic rifle
be obtained to be distributed to Department Headquarters
in rural violence areas based on 1 iAfle for each 10
men operating in rural zones These rifles should be
equipped with slings They are for use where the effective
range of the caliber 30 11 carbine is not sufficientshy
-- ----- - 9T6inadrdize on equipment and ammunition all revolvers
and pistols other than 38 special caliber currently
in service except the 22 caliber should be sold
runds from such sales to be used to purchase required
ammunition
10 That sufficient additional 38 special revolvers on 41
- 11 shy
frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that
each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all
times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon
beforehand while those going off duty will be able to
turn theirs in after coupleting their turns
11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not
in first class condition be completely reconditioned
12 That immediate consideration should be given toward
the future establishment of regulations requiring each
policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all
times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian
clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed
They would have full police authority at all times
This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary
regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while
- off duty as well -as while on duty
13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the
National Police have a revolver assigned to him which
he will keep and be responsible for at all times This
will provide many additional hours of police protection
and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and
ammunition
0 - 12 shy
14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which
06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special
15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in
BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent
to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters
See Appendix No 6
COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS
16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with
slings These slings may be obtained from the local
0markets
17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on
IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material
may be obtained from local suppliers
18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police
SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun
The number required would be based on the number of horses
in service They may be obtained through the local markets
19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be
installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried
in tbese cars
4
- 13 shy
20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the
standard holster while in uniform
21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 1 belt per carbine
22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed
on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle
AINUJNITION
23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 50 rounds per M1 carbine
24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to
each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine
25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be
used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines
26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition
stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock
level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained
27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot
be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters
on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to
be used in operations against bandits and other criminals
- 14 S
28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained
and distributed through Department Headquarters on the
basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be
used for riot control
29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00
buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes
of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for
police use
30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells
of the appropriate size
Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun
Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun
31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds
per rifle
Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds
per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle
32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all
)
- 15 shy
for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any
38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set
aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all
revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the
supply for marksmanship training
33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver
ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department
Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man
34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever
any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should
be replaced
35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to
each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued
This used ammunition should be put in the supply used
for marksmanship training
36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters
for use in reloading
37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be
maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station
revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man
38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and
should be discarded in some suitable manner
1h
- 16 0
39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be
used for marksmanship training to be made up at the
new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and
distributed to the Department Headquarters This one
reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire
police requirements
40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department
Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18
Departments These to be used in the rural areas against
bandit gangs concealed in the jungles
41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 MMh gas projectile guns
Hand grenades
37 11 blast cartridges
37 M projectile cartridges
Gas Masks
42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy
desirable in police work and should be disposed of
43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It
should be expended in training courses as promptly as
possible
44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy
)
- 17 shy
mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters The supply should be held
at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates
while in storage A good basis for this supply would
be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters
Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are
received
45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of
ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This
is less confusing smaller stock required and provides
more possibility of one policeman supplying another with
ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt
to be using the same type
GENERAL
46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization
a separate administrative control should be established
over the firearms and related activities See Appendix
No 5 for suggested plan
47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance
be established See Appendix No 3
48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be
established and followed by all of the police units
See Appendix No 4
- 18 shy
49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the
National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms
and their inability to function efficiently it is
strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be
ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible
S
a
i
i
-19-
THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)
CONCLUSIONS
1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with
revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns
in the station They need some additional supporting
equipment8 shy
2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning
3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it
necessay to stock many types of ammunition
4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4
barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of
one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents
They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These
are used by the Rural Security Service where they have
218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are
sufficient for current requirements If there is a
surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended
that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters
excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use
5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account
of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has
been adopted as the standard plan
-20N
6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would
be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his
equipment on short notice if required
7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are
in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all
new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful
that stations are aware of the availability of this
eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant
stations in the event of a sudden requirement
AMMUNITION
8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of
when it was received and no stock levels established
9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years
without replacement
10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which
is best for bandit control
GENERAL
11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4
regulation
4
a
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
a
-2-
FIREARMS CONDITION AND STORAGE
CONCLUSIONS - NATIONAL POLICE
1 All of the Mauser rifles in the National Police service are
worn out and their bolt action is obsolete for modern
police work Some of them are 67 years old and the newest
are 25 years old The manual operation provides slow
firing Because ofcontinuous handling the bluing is worn
off all metal parts and stocks are worn clean of finishes
Most of them have heavy corrosion in the barrels Yet
many policemen are armed only with this gun
2 The Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines are a semishy
automatic carbine They were made in the Dominican
Republic about 15 years ago It is notagood-desTyn as
-it--is-vffryeavy and not well constructed It is dangerous
and often will fire when the butt is dropped to the ground
Several police of record have been killed by such accidental
fire The stock is of poor wood and often breaks because of
the large cutout for the receiver The rear sight often falls
off When the clip is loaded to capacity (30 rounds) the
spring freezes in the coipressed position and the cartridges
will not feed into the chamber Often the extractor will
not extract the fired case A natural method of holding the
rifle when firing is by the clip The clip is loose enough
-3shy
that when it is pressed to one side it causes the gun to
malfunction In general these guns are not suitable for
police use
3 Some of the revolvers are badly worn and need reconditioning
4 The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal
frame stock wbid folds forward against the gun action
making it easy to conceal It only fires full automatic
The clip holds 30 rounds The multiple safety is confusing
It is only effective at short ranges It is seldom used
except by non-commissioned squad leaders or on special
assignments such as guarding banks
5 The caliber 45 Reising looks much like a carbine but is
capable of full automatic firing These guns are old
and show considerable wear They are not liked by the
police and are seldom used Ammunition for this arm is
notreadily available to the police
6 The Colt AR 15 223 caliber is a very light gun and
expensive The unusual size ammunition adds another problem
to the use of this gun The Police have only 10 on a trial
basis They are not very suitable for police use
7 Everyone likes the caliber 30 Ml carbine It is light
effective and simple Gives no trouble They would like
C
-4-
0 larger than 10 shot clips The only complaint is that
with the constant carrying these rifles over the shoulder
the web sling wears out
8 The 200 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns have been distributed
to several Departments These police have had very little
experience with shotguns but they all feel they would be S
an advantage Agents in rural areas could pose as a
hunter With the spread of shot effective shooting can
be accomplished without careful aiming Is effective for I
night shooting
9 Hundreds of revolvers are in storage in the various
stations being held for emergency use The investment 0
would be much more justified if all these revolvers could
be in service
10 Any of the firearms which are not in use hundreds of them-_ I
in some stations are stored in heavy grease The use of
grease on stored guns is undesirable It makes a very
messy storage makes close inspection impossible$ is hard
on the wood and in many instances there will be spots
of metal which are not covered with grease that will rust
and not be observed until it has reached proportions beyond
repair Just the fact the gun is covered with grease is
cause to believe no inspection is required When these
guns are put into service much timeis required to clean them 01
4
-5shy
11 Many of the revolvers are st6red in their original
boxes and these in large wooden boxes where inspection
is very difficult On one occasion I opened one of the
boxes and while the revolver looked unused yet the
haner spring was broken
12 In many stations these rifles are stored in large boxes
just piled into a corner or laid in piles on the floor
Such storage is iery hard on sights stocks and on the
gun in general
13 Many police work in-uniform but are not armed In emergenshy
cies they could be of much greater value if they were
armed
14 Many man-hours are lost by the requirement of turning in
revolters and ammunition at the end of each shift and
reissuing it again for the next shift shy
15 The members of the National Police work in 6 hour shifts
They must turn their revolvers in at the end of each
shift This makes many hours each day that the police
are on the streets unarmed Often they are in uniform
going from their station to their home etc
16 The fact that officers may obtain any-type revolver or
pistol and that non-commissioned officers may obtain and
wear holsters of their choice deviates from standardizations
which are so important in successful police organizations
I
-6shy
17 There are many different types and calibers of revolvers S
and pistols in the police service requiring that many
types of ammunition must be stocked
AMMUNITION AND STORAGE
18 Large supplies of 7 1M (Mauser rifle) ammunition-were
found in all stations as much as 90000 rounds in one
place It was stored in boxes steel drums loose and
in clips and in every other manner Generally it was
manufactured in 1947 yet some was dated 1933 and one
lot of 2000 rounds dated 1931 Many of the brass
cases were badly dented in several places This was
true with ammunition carried by the police It is
doubtful if it would chamber There was poor storage
no records of time received and no established stock
limits
19 Much of the revolver ammunition stored in the factory
boxes is badly corroded from age -Poor methods are
used for its storage with no records as to when it is
received or any attempt made to use it in accordance with
the dates-received There are no maximum or minimum
stock levels provided and some stations have as much as
25000 rounds of 38 special ammunition on hand some of
-7shy
it as much as 20 years old At one station revolver
ammunition was stored in blocks of wood which had holes
drilled in them The ammunition was heavily covered with
grease to prevent corrosion
20 The ammunition used in service is stored in drilled wooden
blocks near the front entrance to the station As each
shift goes on duty they are each given 12 rounds When
they finish the shift the 12 rounds are returned to the
storage blocks At some stations the same ammunition had
been used in this manner for as long as 3 years The
brass and the lead bullets showed signs of severe wear
At larger stations hundreds of rounds were issued and
reissued each day utilizing many man-hours
21 The shotgun shells in service are with shot sizes from
number 2 to 9 None of these sizes are good for police use
22 Sub-Machine Gun Ammunition
45 caliber is very limited Them-is an adequate supply of
the 9 MM which is in good condition and only a small supply
of the 223 caliber
23 Caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition is in good condition
Methods of storage carry dates of receipt and established
minimum and maximum stock levels could be improved
-8shy
24 Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbine audaunition is in good
condition Methods of storage could be improved including
records of dates received and established stock levels
GENERAL
25 Bandits and the general public fully recognize how
poorly the National Police are armed This promotes
boldness among the trouble makers and seriously undermines
the confidence of the public in the police
26 Administration The functions of the firearms program
are very important and a complete plan of operation is
needed
- 9-
RECOMRIENDATIONS -- WTIONAL POLICE
FIREARMS CONDITION RUMBERS AND STORAGE
1 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines be
distroyed They are too dangerous for continued use
2 That the sub-mactine guns are not desirable in modern
police work especially in urban areas The sub-nachine
guns currently in use to be transferred to the rural
areas for use until they are no longer serviceable The
shotguns and caliber 30 11 carbines are far superior to
the sub-machine guns for police use even in the rural
areas
3 That all of the Mauser rifles to be disposed of They
may be sold to the public through proper channels nnd
the receipts used to purchase the much needed ammunition
4 That the 78 Winchester liodel 351 and 65 Savage 22 lHornet
rifles at Medellin be discontinued in police use They
are badly krn and the Hornet is not a good police rifle
5 That sufficient quantities of caliber 30 MI carbines
be obtained and issued to Department Leadquarters on the
basis of 2 for every 5 men in rural areas with priorities
to the violence areas
I
-t
- 10 shy
6 That sufficient extra 10 shot clips be obtained and
distributed at the rate of 2 extra clips per gun for
fast loading This will permit police to carry extra
loaded clips
7 That a sufficient quantity of 12 gauge pump shotguns
with 20 inch barrel be obtained and distributed to
Department Headquarters in rural violence areas on the
basis of 1 shotgun for each 3 men Each shotgun should
be equipped with a sling
8 That a sufficient quantity of caliber 30-06 1 rifles
or some other similar long range semi-automatic rifle
be obtained to be distributed to Department Headquarters
in rural violence areas based on 1 iAfle for each 10
men operating in rural zones These rifles should be
equipped with slings They are for use where the effective
range of the caliber 30 11 carbine is not sufficientshy
-- ----- - 9T6inadrdize on equipment and ammunition all revolvers
and pistols other than 38 special caliber currently
in service except the 22 caliber should be sold
runds from such sales to be used to purchase required
ammunition
10 That sufficient additional 38 special revolvers on 41
- 11 shy
frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that
each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all
times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon
beforehand while those going off duty will be able to
turn theirs in after coupleting their turns
11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not
in first class condition be completely reconditioned
12 That immediate consideration should be given toward
the future establishment of regulations requiring each
policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all
times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian
clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed
They would have full police authority at all times
This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary
regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while
- off duty as well -as while on duty
13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the
National Police have a revolver assigned to him which
he will keep and be responsible for at all times This
will provide many additional hours of police protection
and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and
ammunition
0 - 12 shy
14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which
06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special
15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in
BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent
to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters
See Appendix No 6
COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS
16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with
slings These slings may be obtained from the local
0markets
17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on
IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material
may be obtained from local suppliers
18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police
SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun
The number required would be based on the number of horses
in service They may be obtained through the local markets
19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be
installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried
in tbese cars
4
- 13 shy
20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the
standard holster while in uniform
21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 1 belt per carbine
22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed
on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle
AINUJNITION
23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 50 rounds per M1 carbine
24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to
each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine
25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be
used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines
26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition
stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock
level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained
27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot
be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters
on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to
be used in operations against bandits and other criminals
- 14 S
28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained
and distributed through Department Headquarters on the
basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be
used for riot control
29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00
buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes
of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for
police use
30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells
of the appropriate size
Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun
Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun
31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds
per rifle
Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds
per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle
32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all
)
- 15 shy
for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any
38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set
aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all
revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the
supply for marksmanship training
33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver
ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department
Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man
34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever
any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should
be replaced
35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to
each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued
This used ammunition should be put in the supply used
for marksmanship training
36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters
for use in reloading
37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be
maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station
revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man
38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and
should be discarded in some suitable manner
1h
- 16 0
39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be
used for marksmanship training to be made up at the
new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and
distributed to the Department Headquarters This one
reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire
police requirements
40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department
Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18
Departments These to be used in the rural areas against
bandit gangs concealed in the jungles
41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 MMh gas projectile guns
Hand grenades
37 11 blast cartridges
37 M projectile cartridges
Gas Masks
42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy
desirable in police work and should be disposed of
43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It
should be expended in training courses as promptly as
possible
44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy
)
- 17 shy
mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters The supply should be held
at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates
while in storage A good basis for this supply would
be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters
Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are
received
45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of
ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This
is less confusing smaller stock required and provides
more possibility of one policeman supplying another with
ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt
to be using the same type
GENERAL
46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization
a separate administrative control should be established
over the firearms and related activities See Appendix
No 5 for suggested plan
47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance
be established See Appendix No 3
48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be
established and followed by all of the police units
See Appendix No 4
- 18 shy
49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the
National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms
and their inability to function efficiently it is
strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be
ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible
S
a
i
i
-19-
THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)
CONCLUSIONS
1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with
revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns
in the station They need some additional supporting
equipment8 shy
2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning
3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it
necessay to stock many types of ammunition
4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4
barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of
one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents
They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These
are used by the Rural Security Service where they have
218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are
sufficient for current requirements If there is a
surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended
that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters
excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use
5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account
of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has
been adopted as the standard plan
-20N
6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would
be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his
equipment on short notice if required
7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are
in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all
new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful
that stations are aware of the availability of this
eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant
stations in the event of a sudden requirement
AMMUNITION
8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of
when it was received and no stock levels established
9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years
without replacement
10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which
is best for bandit control
GENERAL
11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4
regulation
4
a
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-3shy
that when it is pressed to one side it causes the gun to
malfunction In general these guns are not suitable for
police use
3 Some of the revolvers are badly worn and need reconditioning
4 The Madsen 9 M2 sub-machine gun is very small with a metal
frame stock wbid folds forward against the gun action
making it easy to conceal It only fires full automatic
The clip holds 30 rounds The multiple safety is confusing
It is only effective at short ranges It is seldom used
except by non-commissioned squad leaders or on special
assignments such as guarding banks
5 The caliber 45 Reising looks much like a carbine but is
capable of full automatic firing These guns are old
and show considerable wear They are not liked by the
police and are seldom used Ammunition for this arm is
notreadily available to the police
6 The Colt AR 15 223 caliber is a very light gun and
expensive The unusual size ammunition adds another problem
to the use of this gun The Police have only 10 on a trial
basis They are not very suitable for police use
7 Everyone likes the caliber 30 Ml carbine It is light
effective and simple Gives no trouble They would like
C
-4-
0 larger than 10 shot clips The only complaint is that
with the constant carrying these rifles over the shoulder
the web sling wears out
8 The 200 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns have been distributed
to several Departments These police have had very little
experience with shotguns but they all feel they would be S
an advantage Agents in rural areas could pose as a
hunter With the spread of shot effective shooting can
be accomplished without careful aiming Is effective for I
night shooting
9 Hundreds of revolvers are in storage in the various
stations being held for emergency use The investment 0
would be much more justified if all these revolvers could
be in service
10 Any of the firearms which are not in use hundreds of them-_ I
in some stations are stored in heavy grease The use of
grease on stored guns is undesirable It makes a very
messy storage makes close inspection impossible$ is hard
on the wood and in many instances there will be spots
of metal which are not covered with grease that will rust
and not be observed until it has reached proportions beyond
repair Just the fact the gun is covered with grease is
cause to believe no inspection is required When these
guns are put into service much timeis required to clean them 01
4
-5shy
11 Many of the revolvers are st6red in their original
boxes and these in large wooden boxes where inspection
is very difficult On one occasion I opened one of the
boxes and while the revolver looked unused yet the
haner spring was broken
12 In many stations these rifles are stored in large boxes
just piled into a corner or laid in piles on the floor
Such storage is iery hard on sights stocks and on the
gun in general
13 Many police work in-uniform but are not armed In emergenshy
cies they could be of much greater value if they were
armed
14 Many man-hours are lost by the requirement of turning in
revolters and ammunition at the end of each shift and
reissuing it again for the next shift shy
15 The members of the National Police work in 6 hour shifts
They must turn their revolvers in at the end of each
shift This makes many hours each day that the police
are on the streets unarmed Often they are in uniform
going from their station to their home etc
16 The fact that officers may obtain any-type revolver or
pistol and that non-commissioned officers may obtain and
wear holsters of their choice deviates from standardizations
which are so important in successful police organizations
I
-6shy
17 There are many different types and calibers of revolvers S
and pistols in the police service requiring that many
types of ammunition must be stocked
AMMUNITION AND STORAGE
18 Large supplies of 7 1M (Mauser rifle) ammunition-were
found in all stations as much as 90000 rounds in one
place It was stored in boxes steel drums loose and
in clips and in every other manner Generally it was
manufactured in 1947 yet some was dated 1933 and one
lot of 2000 rounds dated 1931 Many of the brass
cases were badly dented in several places This was
true with ammunition carried by the police It is
doubtful if it would chamber There was poor storage
no records of time received and no established stock
limits
19 Much of the revolver ammunition stored in the factory
boxes is badly corroded from age -Poor methods are
used for its storage with no records as to when it is
received or any attempt made to use it in accordance with
the dates-received There are no maximum or minimum
stock levels provided and some stations have as much as
25000 rounds of 38 special ammunition on hand some of
-7shy
it as much as 20 years old At one station revolver
ammunition was stored in blocks of wood which had holes
drilled in them The ammunition was heavily covered with
grease to prevent corrosion
20 The ammunition used in service is stored in drilled wooden
blocks near the front entrance to the station As each
shift goes on duty they are each given 12 rounds When
they finish the shift the 12 rounds are returned to the
storage blocks At some stations the same ammunition had
been used in this manner for as long as 3 years The
brass and the lead bullets showed signs of severe wear
At larger stations hundreds of rounds were issued and
reissued each day utilizing many man-hours
21 The shotgun shells in service are with shot sizes from
number 2 to 9 None of these sizes are good for police use
22 Sub-Machine Gun Ammunition
45 caliber is very limited Them-is an adequate supply of
the 9 MM which is in good condition and only a small supply
of the 223 caliber
23 Caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition is in good condition
Methods of storage carry dates of receipt and established
minimum and maximum stock levels could be improved
-8shy
24 Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbine audaunition is in good
condition Methods of storage could be improved including
records of dates received and established stock levels
GENERAL
25 Bandits and the general public fully recognize how
poorly the National Police are armed This promotes
boldness among the trouble makers and seriously undermines
the confidence of the public in the police
26 Administration The functions of the firearms program
are very important and a complete plan of operation is
needed
- 9-
RECOMRIENDATIONS -- WTIONAL POLICE
FIREARMS CONDITION RUMBERS AND STORAGE
1 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines be
distroyed They are too dangerous for continued use
2 That the sub-mactine guns are not desirable in modern
police work especially in urban areas The sub-nachine
guns currently in use to be transferred to the rural
areas for use until they are no longer serviceable The
shotguns and caliber 30 11 carbines are far superior to
the sub-machine guns for police use even in the rural
areas
3 That all of the Mauser rifles to be disposed of They
may be sold to the public through proper channels nnd
the receipts used to purchase the much needed ammunition
4 That the 78 Winchester liodel 351 and 65 Savage 22 lHornet
rifles at Medellin be discontinued in police use They
are badly krn and the Hornet is not a good police rifle
5 That sufficient quantities of caliber 30 MI carbines
be obtained and issued to Department Leadquarters on the
basis of 2 for every 5 men in rural areas with priorities
to the violence areas
I
-t
- 10 shy
6 That sufficient extra 10 shot clips be obtained and
distributed at the rate of 2 extra clips per gun for
fast loading This will permit police to carry extra
loaded clips
7 That a sufficient quantity of 12 gauge pump shotguns
with 20 inch barrel be obtained and distributed to
Department Headquarters in rural violence areas on the
basis of 1 shotgun for each 3 men Each shotgun should
be equipped with a sling
8 That a sufficient quantity of caliber 30-06 1 rifles
or some other similar long range semi-automatic rifle
be obtained to be distributed to Department Headquarters
in rural violence areas based on 1 iAfle for each 10
men operating in rural zones These rifles should be
equipped with slings They are for use where the effective
range of the caliber 30 11 carbine is not sufficientshy
-- ----- - 9T6inadrdize on equipment and ammunition all revolvers
and pistols other than 38 special caliber currently
in service except the 22 caliber should be sold
runds from such sales to be used to purchase required
ammunition
10 That sufficient additional 38 special revolvers on 41
- 11 shy
frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that
each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all
times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon
beforehand while those going off duty will be able to
turn theirs in after coupleting their turns
11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not
in first class condition be completely reconditioned
12 That immediate consideration should be given toward
the future establishment of regulations requiring each
policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all
times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian
clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed
They would have full police authority at all times
This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary
regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while
- off duty as well -as while on duty
13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the
National Police have a revolver assigned to him which
he will keep and be responsible for at all times This
will provide many additional hours of police protection
and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and
ammunition
0 - 12 shy
14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which
06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special
15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in
BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent
to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters
See Appendix No 6
COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS
16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with
slings These slings may be obtained from the local
0markets
17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on
IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material
may be obtained from local suppliers
18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police
SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun
The number required would be based on the number of horses
in service They may be obtained through the local markets
19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be
installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried
in tbese cars
4
- 13 shy
20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the
standard holster while in uniform
21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 1 belt per carbine
22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed
on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle
AINUJNITION
23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 50 rounds per M1 carbine
24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to
each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine
25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be
used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines
26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition
stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock
level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained
27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot
be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters
on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to
be used in operations against bandits and other criminals
- 14 S
28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained
and distributed through Department Headquarters on the
basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be
used for riot control
29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00
buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes
of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for
police use
30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells
of the appropriate size
Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun
Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun
31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds
per rifle
Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds
per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle
32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all
)
- 15 shy
for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any
38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set
aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all
revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the
supply for marksmanship training
33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver
ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department
Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man
34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever
any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should
be replaced
35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to
each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued
This used ammunition should be put in the supply used
for marksmanship training
36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters
for use in reloading
37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be
maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station
revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man
38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and
should be discarded in some suitable manner
1h
- 16 0
39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be
used for marksmanship training to be made up at the
new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and
distributed to the Department Headquarters This one
reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire
police requirements
40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department
Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18
Departments These to be used in the rural areas against
bandit gangs concealed in the jungles
41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 MMh gas projectile guns
Hand grenades
37 11 blast cartridges
37 M projectile cartridges
Gas Masks
42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy
desirable in police work and should be disposed of
43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It
should be expended in training courses as promptly as
possible
44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy
)
- 17 shy
mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters The supply should be held
at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates
while in storage A good basis for this supply would
be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters
Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are
received
45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of
ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This
is less confusing smaller stock required and provides
more possibility of one policeman supplying another with
ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt
to be using the same type
GENERAL
46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization
a separate administrative control should be established
over the firearms and related activities See Appendix
No 5 for suggested plan
47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance
be established See Appendix No 3
48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be
established and followed by all of the police units
See Appendix No 4
- 18 shy
49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the
National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms
and their inability to function efficiently it is
strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be
ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible
S
a
i
i
-19-
THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)
CONCLUSIONS
1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with
revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns
in the station They need some additional supporting
equipment8 shy
2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning
3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it
necessay to stock many types of ammunition
4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4
barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of
one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents
They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These
are used by the Rural Security Service where they have
218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are
sufficient for current requirements If there is a
surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended
that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters
excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use
5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account
of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has
been adopted as the standard plan
-20N
6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would
be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his
equipment on short notice if required
7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are
in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all
new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful
that stations are aware of the availability of this
eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant
stations in the event of a sudden requirement
AMMUNITION
8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of
when it was received and no stock levels established
9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years
without replacement
10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which
is best for bandit control
GENERAL
11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4
regulation
4
a
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
C
-4-
0 larger than 10 shot clips The only complaint is that
with the constant carrying these rifles over the shoulder
the web sling wears out
8 The 200 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns have been distributed
to several Departments These police have had very little
experience with shotguns but they all feel they would be S
an advantage Agents in rural areas could pose as a
hunter With the spread of shot effective shooting can
be accomplished without careful aiming Is effective for I
night shooting
9 Hundreds of revolvers are in storage in the various
stations being held for emergency use The investment 0
would be much more justified if all these revolvers could
be in service
10 Any of the firearms which are not in use hundreds of them-_ I
in some stations are stored in heavy grease The use of
grease on stored guns is undesirable It makes a very
messy storage makes close inspection impossible$ is hard
on the wood and in many instances there will be spots
of metal which are not covered with grease that will rust
and not be observed until it has reached proportions beyond
repair Just the fact the gun is covered with grease is
cause to believe no inspection is required When these
guns are put into service much timeis required to clean them 01
4
-5shy
11 Many of the revolvers are st6red in their original
boxes and these in large wooden boxes where inspection
is very difficult On one occasion I opened one of the
boxes and while the revolver looked unused yet the
haner spring was broken
12 In many stations these rifles are stored in large boxes
just piled into a corner or laid in piles on the floor
Such storage is iery hard on sights stocks and on the
gun in general
13 Many police work in-uniform but are not armed In emergenshy
cies they could be of much greater value if they were
armed
14 Many man-hours are lost by the requirement of turning in
revolters and ammunition at the end of each shift and
reissuing it again for the next shift shy
15 The members of the National Police work in 6 hour shifts
They must turn their revolvers in at the end of each
shift This makes many hours each day that the police
are on the streets unarmed Often they are in uniform
going from their station to their home etc
16 The fact that officers may obtain any-type revolver or
pistol and that non-commissioned officers may obtain and
wear holsters of their choice deviates from standardizations
which are so important in successful police organizations
I
-6shy
17 There are many different types and calibers of revolvers S
and pistols in the police service requiring that many
types of ammunition must be stocked
AMMUNITION AND STORAGE
18 Large supplies of 7 1M (Mauser rifle) ammunition-were
found in all stations as much as 90000 rounds in one
place It was stored in boxes steel drums loose and
in clips and in every other manner Generally it was
manufactured in 1947 yet some was dated 1933 and one
lot of 2000 rounds dated 1931 Many of the brass
cases were badly dented in several places This was
true with ammunition carried by the police It is
doubtful if it would chamber There was poor storage
no records of time received and no established stock
limits
19 Much of the revolver ammunition stored in the factory
boxes is badly corroded from age -Poor methods are
used for its storage with no records as to when it is
received or any attempt made to use it in accordance with
the dates-received There are no maximum or minimum
stock levels provided and some stations have as much as
25000 rounds of 38 special ammunition on hand some of
-7shy
it as much as 20 years old At one station revolver
ammunition was stored in blocks of wood which had holes
drilled in them The ammunition was heavily covered with
grease to prevent corrosion
20 The ammunition used in service is stored in drilled wooden
blocks near the front entrance to the station As each
shift goes on duty they are each given 12 rounds When
they finish the shift the 12 rounds are returned to the
storage blocks At some stations the same ammunition had
been used in this manner for as long as 3 years The
brass and the lead bullets showed signs of severe wear
At larger stations hundreds of rounds were issued and
reissued each day utilizing many man-hours
21 The shotgun shells in service are with shot sizes from
number 2 to 9 None of these sizes are good for police use
22 Sub-Machine Gun Ammunition
45 caliber is very limited Them-is an adequate supply of
the 9 MM which is in good condition and only a small supply
of the 223 caliber
23 Caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition is in good condition
Methods of storage carry dates of receipt and established
minimum and maximum stock levels could be improved
-8shy
24 Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbine audaunition is in good
condition Methods of storage could be improved including
records of dates received and established stock levels
GENERAL
25 Bandits and the general public fully recognize how
poorly the National Police are armed This promotes
boldness among the trouble makers and seriously undermines
the confidence of the public in the police
26 Administration The functions of the firearms program
are very important and a complete plan of operation is
needed
- 9-
RECOMRIENDATIONS -- WTIONAL POLICE
FIREARMS CONDITION RUMBERS AND STORAGE
1 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines be
distroyed They are too dangerous for continued use
2 That the sub-mactine guns are not desirable in modern
police work especially in urban areas The sub-nachine
guns currently in use to be transferred to the rural
areas for use until they are no longer serviceable The
shotguns and caliber 30 11 carbines are far superior to
the sub-machine guns for police use even in the rural
areas
3 That all of the Mauser rifles to be disposed of They
may be sold to the public through proper channels nnd
the receipts used to purchase the much needed ammunition
4 That the 78 Winchester liodel 351 and 65 Savage 22 lHornet
rifles at Medellin be discontinued in police use They
are badly krn and the Hornet is not a good police rifle
5 That sufficient quantities of caliber 30 MI carbines
be obtained and issued to Department Leadquarters on the
basis of 2 for every 5 men in rural areas with priorities
to the violence areas
I
-t
- 10 shy
6 That sufficient extra 10 shot clips be obtained and
distributed at the rate of 2 extra clips per gun for
fast loading This will permit police to carry extra
loaded clips
7 That a sufficient quantity of 12 gauge pump shotguns
with 20 inch barrel be obtained and distributed to
Department Headquarters in rural violence areas on the
basis of 1 shotgun for each 3 men Each shotgun should
be equipped with a sling
8 That a sufficient quantity of caliber 30-06 1 rifles
or some other similar long range semi-automatic rifle
be obtained to be distributed to Department Headquarters
in rural violence areas based on 1 iAfle for each 10
men operating in rural zones These rifles should be
equipped with slings They are for use where the effective
range of the caliber 30 11 carbine is not sufficientshy
-- ----- - 9T6inadrdize on equipment and ammunition all revolvers
and pistols other than 38 special caliber currently
in service except the 22 caliber should be sold
runds from such sales to be used to purchase required
ammunition
10 That sufficient additional 38 special revolvers on 41
- 11 shy
frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that
each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all
times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon
beforehand while those going off duty will be able to
turn theirs in after coupleting their turns
11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not
in first class condition be completely reconditioned
12 That immediate consideration should be given toward
the future establishment of regulations requiring each
policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all
times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian
clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed
They would have full police authority at all times
This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary
regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while
- off duty as well -as while on duty
13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the
National Police have a revolver assigned to him which
he will keep and be responsible for at all times This
will provide many additional hours of police protection
and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and
ammunition
0 - 12 shy
14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which
06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special
15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in
BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent
to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters
See Appendix No 6
COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS
16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with
slings These slings may be obtained from the local
0markets
17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on
IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material
may be obtained from local suppliers
18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police
SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun
The number required would be based on the number of horses
in service They may be obtained through the local markets
19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be
installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried
in tbese cars
4
- 13 shy
20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the
standard holster while in uniform
21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 1 belt per carbine
22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed
on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle
AINUJNITION
23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 50 rounds per M1 carbine
24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to
each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine
25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be
used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines
26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition
stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock
level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained
27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot
be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters
on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to
be used in operations against bandits and other criminals
- 14 S
28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained
and distributed through Department Headquarters on the
basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be
used for riot control
29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00
buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes
of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for
police use
30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells
of the appropriate size
Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun
Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun
31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds
per rifle
Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds
per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle
32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all
)
- 15 shy
for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any
38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set
aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all
revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the
supply for marksmanship training
33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver
ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department
Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man
34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever
any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should
be replaced
35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to
each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued
This used ammunition should be put in the supply used
for marksmanship training
36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters
for use in reloading
37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be
maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station
revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man
38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and
should be discarded in some suitable manner
1h
- 16 0
39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be
used for marksmanship training to be made up at the
new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and
distributed to the Department Headquarters This one
reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire
police requirements
40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department
Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18
Departments These to be used in the rural areas against
bandit gangs concealed in the jungles
41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 MMh gas projectile guns
Hand grenades
37 11 blast cartridges
37 M projectile cartridges
Gas Masks
42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy
desirable in police work and should be disposed of
43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It
should be expended in training courses as promptly as
possible
44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy
)
- 17 shy
mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters The supply should be held
at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates
while in storage A good basis for this supply would
be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters
Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are
received
45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of
ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This
is less confusing smaller stock required and provides
more possibility of one policeman supplying another with
ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt
to be using the same type
GENERAL
46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization
a separate administrative control should be established
over the firearms and related activities See Appendix
No 5 for suggested plan
47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance
be established See Appendix No 3
48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be
established and followed by all of the police units
See Appendix No 4
- 18 shy
49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the
National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms
and their inability to function efficiently it is
strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be
ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible
S
a
i
i
-19-
THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)
CONCLUSIONS
1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with
revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns
in the station They need some additional supporting
equipment8 shy
2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning
3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it
necessay to stock many types of ammunition
4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4
barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of
one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents
They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These
are used by the Rural Security Service where they have
218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are
sufficient for current requirements If there is a
surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended
that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters
excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use
5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account
of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has
been adopted as the standard plan
-20N
6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would
be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his
equipment on short notice if required
7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are
in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all
new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful
that stations are aware of the availability of this
eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant
stations in the event of a sudden requirement
AMMUNITION
8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of
when it was received and no stock levels established
9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years
without replacement
10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which
is best for bandit control
GENERAL
11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4
regulation
4
a
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
4
-5shy
11 Many of the revolvers are st6red in their original
boxes and these in large wooden boxes where inspection
is very difficult On one occasion I opened one of the
boxes and while the revolver looked unused yet the
haner spring was broken
12 In many stations these rifles are stored in large boxes
just piled into a corner or laid in piles on the floor
Such storage is iery hard on sights stocks and on the
gun in general
13 Many police work in-uniform but are not armed In emergenshy
cies they could be of much greater value if they were
armed
14 Many man-hours are lost by the requirement of turning in
revolters and ammunition at the end of each shift and
reissuing it again for the next shift shy
15 The members of the National Police work in 6 hour shifts
They must turn their revolvers in at the end of each
shift This makes many hours each day that the police
are on the streets unarmed Often they are in uniform
going from their station to their home etc
16 The fact that officers may obtain any-type revolver or
pistol and that non-commissioned officers may obtain and
wear holsters of their choice deviates from standardizations
which are so important in successful police organizations
I
-6shy
17 There are many different types and calibers of revolvers S
and pistols in the police service requiring that many
types of ammunition must be stocked
AMMUNITION AND STORAGE
18 Large supplies of 7 1M (Mauser rifle) ammunition-were
found in all stations as much as 90000 rounds in one
place It was stored in boxes steel drums loose and
in clips and in every other manner Generally it was
manufactured in 1947 yet some was dated 1933 and one
lot of 2000 rounds dated 1931 Many of the brass
cases were badly dented in several places This was
true with ammunition carried by the police It is
doubtful if it would chamber There was poor storage
no records of time received and no established stock
limits
19 Much of the revolver ammunition stored in the factory
boxes is badly corroded from age -Poor methods are
used for its storage with no records as to when it is
received or any attempt made to use it in accordance with
the dates-received There are no maximum or minimum
stock levels provided and some stations have as much as
25000 rounds of 38 special ammunition on hand some of
-7shy
it as much as 20 years old At one station revolver
ammunition was stored in blocks of wood which had holes
drilled in them The ammunition was heavily covered with
grease to prevent corrosion
20 The ammunition used in service is stored in drilled wooden
blocks near the front entrance to the station As each
shift goes on duty they are each given 12 rounds When
they finish the shift the 12 rounds are returned to the
storage blocks At some stations the same ammunition had
been used in this manner for as long as 3 years The
brass and the lead bullets showed signs of severe wear
At larger stations hundreds of rounds were issued and
reissued each day utilizing many man-hours
21 The shotgun shells in service are with shot sizes from
number 2 to 9 None of these sizes are good for police use
22 Sub-Machine Gun Ammunition
45 caliber is very limited Them-is an adequate supply of
the 9 MM which is in good condition and only a small supply
of the 223 caliber
23 Caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition is in good condition
Methods of storage carry dates of receipt and established
minimum and maximum stock levels could be improved
-8shy
24 Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbine audaunition is in good
condition Methods of storage could be improved including
records of dates received and established stock levels
GENERAL
25 Bandits and the general public fully recognize how
poorly the National Police are armed This promotes
boldness among the trouble makers and seriously undermines
the confidence of the public in the police
26 Administration The functions of the firearms program
are very important and a complete plan of operation is
needed
- 9-
RECOMRIENDATIONS -- WTIONAL POLICE
FIREARMS CONDITION RUMBERS AND STORAGE
1 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines be
distroyed They are too dangerous for continued use
2 That the sub-mactine guns are not desirable in modern
police work especially in urban areas The sub-nachine
guns currently in use to be transferred to the rural
areas for use until they are no longer serviceable The
shotguns and caliber 30 11 carbines are far superior to
the sub-machine guns for police use even in the rural
areas
3 That all of the Mauser rifles to be disposed of They
may be sold to the public through proper channels nnd
the receipts used to purchase the much needed ammunition
4 That the 78 Winchester liodel 351 and 65 Savage 22 lHornet
rifles at Medellin be discontinued in police use They
are badly krn and the Hornet is not a good police rifle
5 That sufficient quantities of caliber 30 MI carbines
be obtained and issued to Department Leadquarters on the
basis of 2 for every 5 men in rural areas with priorities
to the violence areas
I
-t
- 10 shy
6 That sufficient extra 10 shot clips be obtained and
distributed at the rate of 2 extra clips per gun for
fast loading This will permit police to carry extra
loaded clips
7 That a sufficient quantity of 12 gauge pump shotguns
with 20 inch barrel be obtained and distributed to
Department Headquarters in rural violence areas on the
basis of 1 shotgun for each 3 men Each shotgun should
be equipped with a sling
8 That a sufficient quantity of caliber 30-06 1 rifles
or some other similar long range semi-automatic rifle
be obtained to be distributed to Department Headquarters
in rural violence areas based on 1 iAfle for each 10
men operating in rural zones These rifles should be
equipped with slings They are for use where the effective
range of the caliber 30 11 carbine is not sufficientshy
-- ----- - 9T6inadrdize on equipment and ammunition all revolvers
and pistols other than 38 special caliber currently
in service except the 22 caliber should be sold
runds from such sales to be used to purchase required
ammunition
10 That sufficient additional 38 special revolvers on 41
- 11 shy
frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that
each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all
times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon
beforehand while those going off duty will be able to
turn theirs in after coupleting their turns
11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not
in first class condition be completely reconditioned
12 That immediate consideration should be given toward
the future establishment of regulations requiring each
policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all
times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian
clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed
They would have full police authority at all times
This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary
regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while
- off duty as well -as while on duty
13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the
National Police have a revolver assigned to him which
he will keep and be responsible for at all times This
will provide many additional hours of police protection
and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and
ammunition
0 - 12 shy
14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which
06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special
15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in
BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent
to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters
See Appendix No 6
COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS
16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with
slings These slings may be obtained from the local
0markets
17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on
IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material
may be obtained from local suppliers
18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police
SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun
The number required would be based on the number of horses
in service They may be obtained through the local markets
19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be
installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried
in tbese cars
4
- 13 shy
20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the
standard holster while in uniform
21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 1 belt per carbine
22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed
on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle
AINUJNITION
23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 50 rounds per M1 carbine
24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to
each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine
25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be
used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines
26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition
stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock
level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained
27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot
be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters
on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to
be used in operations against bandits and other criminals
- 14 S
28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained
and distributed through Department Headquarters on the
basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be
used for riot control
29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00
buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes
of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for
police use
30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells
of the appropriate size
Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun
Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun
31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds
per rifle
Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds
per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle
32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all
)
- 15 shy
for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any
38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set
aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all
revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the
supply for marksmanship training
33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver
ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department
Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man
34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever
any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should
be replaced
35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to
each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued
This used ammunition should be put in the supply used
for marksmanship training
36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters
for use in reloading
37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be
maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station
revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man
38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and
should be discarded in some suitable manner
1h
- 16 0
39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be
used for marksmanship training to be made up at the
new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and
distributed to the Department Headquarters This one
reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire
police requirements
40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department
Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18
Departments These to be used in the rural areas against
bandit gangs concealed in the jungles
41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 MMh gas projectile guns
Hand grenades
37 11 blast cartridges
37 M projectile cartridges
Gas Masks
42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy
desirable in police work and should be disposed of
43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It
should be expended in training courses as promptly as
possible
44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy
)
- 17 shy
mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters The supply should be held
at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates
while in storage A good basis for this supply would
be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters
Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are
received
45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of
ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This
is less confusing smaller stock required and provides
more possibility of one policeman supplying another with
ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt
to be using the same type
GENERAL
46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization
a separate administrative control should be established
over the firearms and related activities See Appendix
No 5 for suggested plan
47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance
be established See Appendix No 3
48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be
established and followed by all of the police units
See Appendix No 4
- 18 shy
49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the
National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms
and their inability to function efficiently it is
strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be
ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible
S
a
i
i
-19-
THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)
CONCLUSIONS
1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with
revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns
in the station They need some additional supporting
equipment8 shy
2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning
3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it
necessay to stock many types of ammunition
4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4
barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of
one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents
They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These
are used by the Rural Security Service where they have
218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are
sufficient for current requirements If there is a
surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended
that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters
excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use
5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account
of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has
been adopted as the standard plan
-20N
6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would
be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his
equipment on short notice if required
7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are
in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all
new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful
that stations are aware of the availability of this
eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant
stations in the event of a sudden requirement
AMMUNITION
8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of
when it was received and no stock levels established
9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years
without replacement
10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which
is best for bandit control
GENERAL
11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4
regulation
4
a
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
I
-6shy
17 There are many different types and calibers of revolvers S
and pistols in the police service requiring that many
types of ammunition must be stocked
AMMUNITION AND STORAGE
18 Large supplies of 7 1M (Mauser rifle) ammunition-were
found in all stations as much as 90000 rounds in one
place It was stored in boxes steel drums loose and
in clips and in every other manner Generally it was
manufactured in 1947 yet some was dated 1933 and one
lot of 2000 rounds dated 1931 Many of the brass
cases were badly dented in several places This was
true with ammunition carried by the police It is
doubtful if it would chamber There was poor storage
no records of time received and no established stock
limits
19 Much of the revolver ammunition stored in the factory
boxes is badly corroded from age -Poor methods are
used for its storage with no records as to when it is
received or any attempt made to use it in accordance with
the dates-received There are no maximum or minimum
stock levels provided and some stations have as much as
25000 rounds of 38 special ammunition on hand some of
-7shy
it as much as 20 years old At one station revolver
ammunition was stored in blocks of wood which had holes
drilled in them The ammunition was heavily covered with
grease to prevent corrosion
20 The ammunition used in service is stored in drilled wooden
blocks near the front entrance to the station As each
shift goes on duty they are each given 12 rounds When
they finish the shift the 12 rounds are returned to the
storage blocks At some stations the same ammunition had
been used in this manner for as long as 3 years The
brass and the lead bullets showed signs of severe wear
At larger stations hundreds of rounds were issued and
reissued each day utilizing many man-hours
21 The shotgun shells in service are with shot sizes from
number 2 to 9 None of these sizes are good for police use
22 Sub-Machine Gun Ammunition
45 caliber is very limited Them-is an adequate supply of
the 9 MM which is in good condition and only a small supply
of the 223 caliber
23 Caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition is in good condition
Methods of storage carry dates of receipt and established
minimum and maximum stock levels could be improved
-8shy
24 Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbine audaunition is in good
condition Methods of storage could be improved including
records of dates received and established stock levels
GENERAL
25 Bandits and the general public fully recognize how
poorly the National Police are armed This promotes
boldness among the trouble makers and seriously undermines
the confidence of the public in the police
26 Administration The functions of the firearms program
are very important and a complete plan of operation is
needed
- 9-
RECOMRIENDATIONS -- WTIONAL POLICE
FIREARMS CONDITION RUMBERS AND STORAGE
1 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines be
distroyed They are too dangerous for continued use
2 That the sub-mactine guns are not desirable in modern
police work especially in urban areas The sub-nachine
guns currently in use to be transferred to the rural
areas for use until they are no longer serviceable The
shotguns and caliber 30 11 carbines are far superior to
the sub-machine guns for police use even in the rural
areas
3 That all of the Mauser rifles to be disposed of They
may be sold to the public through proper channels nnd
the receipts used to purchase the much needed ammunition
4 That the 78 Winchester liodel 351 and 65 Savage 22 lHornet
rifles at Medellin be discontinued in police use They
are badly krn and the Hornet is not a good police rifle
5 That sufficient quantities of caliber 30 MI carbines
be obtained and issued to Department Leadquarters on the
basis of 2 for every 5 men in rural areas with priorities
to the violence areas
I
-t
- 10 shy
6 That sufficient extra 10 shot clips be obtained and
distributed at the rate of 2 extra clips per gun for
fast loading This will permit police to carry extra
loaded clips
7 That a sufficient quantity of 12 gauge pump shotguns
with 20 inch barrel be obtained and distributed to
Department Headquarters in rural violence areas on the
basis of 1 shotgun for each 3 men Each shotgun should
be equipped with a sling
8 That a sufficient quantity of caliber 30-06 1 rifles
or some other similar long range semi-automatic rifle
be obtained to be distributed to Department Headquarters
in rural violence areas based on 1 iAfle for each 10
men operating in rural zones These rifles should be
equipped with slings They are for use where the effective
range of the caliber 30 11 carbine is not sufficientshy
-- ----- - 9T6inadrdize on equipment and ammunition all revolvers
and pistols other than 38 special caliber currently
in service except the 22 caliber should be sold
runds from such sales to be used to purchase required
ammunition
10 That sufficient additional 38 special revolvers on 41
- 11 shy
frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that
each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all
times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon
beforehand while those going off duty will be able to
turn theirs in after coupleting their turns
11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not
in first class condition be completely reconditioned
12 That immediate consideration should be given toward
the future establishment of regulations requiring each
policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all
times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian
clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed
They would have full police authority at all times
This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary
regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while
- off duty as well -as while on duty
13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the
National Police have a revolver assigned to him which
he will keep and be responsible for at all times This
will provide many additional hours of police protection
and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and
ammunition
0 - 12 shy
14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which
06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special
15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in
BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent
to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters
See Appendix No 6
COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS
16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with
slings These slings may be obtained from the local
0markets
17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on
IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material
may be obtained from local suppliers
18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police
SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun
The number required would be based on the number of horses
in service They may be obtained through the local markets
19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be
installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried
in tbese cars
4
- 13 shy
20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the
standard holster while in uniform
21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 1 belt per carbine
22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed
on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle
AINUJNITION
23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 50 rounds per M1 carbine
24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to
each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine
25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be
used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines
26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition
stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock
level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained
27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot
be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters
on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to
be used in operations against bandits and other criminals
- 14 S
28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained
and distributed through Department Headquarters on the
basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be
used for riot control
29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00
buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes
of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for
police use
30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells
of the appropriate size
Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun
Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun
31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds
per rifle
Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds
per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle
32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all
)
- 15 shy
for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any
38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set
aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all
revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the
supply for marksmanship training
33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver
ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department
Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man
34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever
any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should
be replaced
35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to
each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued
This used ammunition should be put in the supply used
for marksmanship training
36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters
for use in reloading
37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be
maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station
revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man
38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and
should be discarded in some suitable manner
1h
- 16 0
39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be
used for marksmanship training to be made up at the
new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and
distributed to the Department Headquarters This one
reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire
police requirements
40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department
Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18
Departments These to be used in the rural areas against
bandit gangs concealed in the jungles
41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 MMh gas projectile guns
Hand grenades
37 11 blast cartridges
37 M projectile cartridges
Gas Masks
42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy
desirable in police work and should be disposed of
43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It
should be expended in training courses as promptly as
possible
44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy
)
- 17 shy
mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters The supply should be held
at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates
while in storage A good basis for this supply would
be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters
Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are
received
45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of
ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This
is less confusing smaller stock required and provides
more possibility of one policeman supplying another with
ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt
to be using the same type
GENERAL
46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization
a separate administrative control should be established
over the firearms and related activities See Appendix
No 5 for suggested plan
47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance
be established See Appendix No 3
48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be
established and followed by all of the police units
See Appendix No 4
- 18 shy
49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the
National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms
and their inability to function efficiently it is
strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be
ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible
S
a
i
i
-19-
THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)
CONCLUSIONS
1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with
revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns
in the station They need some additional supporting
equipment8 shy
2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning
3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it
necessay to stock many types of ammunition
4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4
barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of
one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents
They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These
are used by the Rural Security Service where they have
218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are
sufficient for current requirements If there is a
surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended
that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters
excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use
5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account
of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has
been adopted as the standard plan
-20N
6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would
be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his
equipment on short notice if required
7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are
in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all
new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful
that stations are aware of the availability of this
eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant
stations in the event of a sudden requirement
AMMUNITION
8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of
when it was received and no stock levels established
9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years
without replacement
10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which
is best for bandit control
GENERAL
11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4
regulation
4
a
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-7shy
it as much as 20 years old At one station revolver
ammunition was stored in blocks of wood which had holes
drilled in them The ammunition was heavily covered with
grease to prevent corrosion
20 The ammunition used in service is stored in drilled wooden
blocks near the front entrance to the station As each
shift goes on duty they are each given 12 rounds When
they finish the shift the 12 rounds are returned to the
storage blocks At some stations the same ammunition had
been used in this manner for as long as 3 years The
brass and the lead bullets showed signs of severe wear
At larger stations hundreds of rounds were issued and
reissued each day utilizing many man-hours
21 The shotgun shells in service are with shot sizes from
number 2 to 9 None of these sizes are good for police use
22 Sub-Machine Gun Ammunition
45 caliber is very limited Them-is an adequate supply of
the 9 MM which is in good condition and only a small supply
of the 223 caliber
23 Caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition is in good condition
Methods of storage carry dates of receipt and established
minimum and maximum stock levels could be improved
-8shy
24 Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbine audaunition is in good
condition Methods of storage could be improved including
records of dates received and established stock levels
GENERAL
25 Bandits and the general public fully recognize how
poorly the National Police are armed This promotes
boldness among the trouble makers and seriously undermines
the confidence of the public in the police
26 Administration The functions of the firearms program
are very important and a complete plan of operation is
needed
- 9-
RECOMRIENDATIONS -- WTIONAL POLICE
FIREARMS CONDITION RUMBERS AND STORAGE
1 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines be
distroyed They are too dangerous for continued use
2 That the sub-mactine guns are not desirable in modern
police work especially in urban areas The sub-nachine
guns currently in use to be transferred to the rural
areas for use until they are no longer serviceable The
shotguns and caliber 30 11 carbines are far superior to
the sub-machine guns for police use even in the rural
areas
3 That all of the Mauser rifles to be disposed of They
may be sold to the public through proper channels nnd
the receipts used to purchase the much needed ammunition
4 That the 78 Winchester liodel 351 and 65 Savage 22 lHornet
rifles at Medellin be discontinued in police use They
are badly krn and the Hornet is not a good police rifle
5 That sufficient quantities of caliber 30 MI carbines
be obtained and issued to Department Leadquarters on the
basis of 2 for every 5 men in rural areas with priorities
to the violence areas
I
-t
- 10 shy
6 That sufficient extra 10 shot clips be obtained and
distributed at the rate of 2 extra clips per gun for
fast loading This will permit police to carry extra
loaded clips
7 That a sufficient quantity of 12 gauge pump shotguns
with 20 inch barrel be obtained and distributed to
Department Headquarters in rural violence areas on the
basis of 1 shotgun for each 3 men Each shotgun should
be equipped with a sling
8 That a sufficient quantity of caliber 30-06 1 rifles
or some other similar long range semi-automatic rifle
be obtained to be distributed to Department Headquarters
in rural violence areas based on 1 iAfle for each 10
men operating in rural zones These rifles should be
equipped with slings They are for use where the effective
range of the caliber 30 11 carbine is not sufficientshy
-- ----- - 9T6inadrdize on equipment and ammunition all revolvers
and pistols other than 38 special caliber currently
in service except the 22 caliber should be sold
runds from such sales to be used to purchase required
ammunition
10 That sufficient additional 38 special revolvers on 41
- 11 shy
frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that
each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all
times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon
beforehand while those going off duty will be able to
turn theirs in after coupleting their turns
11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not
in first class condition be completely reconditioned
12 That immediate consideration should be given toward
the future establishment of regulations requiring each
policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all
times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian
clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed
They would have full police authority at all times
This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary
regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while
- off duty as well -as while on duty
13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the
National Police have a revolver assigned to him which
he will keep and be responsible for at all times This
will provide many additional hours of police protection
and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and
ammunition
0 - 12 shy
14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which
06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special
15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in
BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent
to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters
See Appendix No 6
COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS
16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with
slings These slings may be obtained from the local
0markets
17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on
IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material
may be obtained from local suppliers
18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police
SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun
The number required would be based on the number of horses
in service They may be obtained through the local markets
19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be
installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried
in tbese cars
4
- 13 shy
20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the
standard holster while in uniform
21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 1 belt per carbine
22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed
on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle
AINUJNITION
23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 50 rounds per M1 carbine
24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to
each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine
25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be
used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines
26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition
stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock
level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained
27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot
be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters
on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to
be used in operations against bandits and other criminals
- 14 S
28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained
and distributed through Department Headquarters on the
basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be
used for riot control
29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00
buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes
of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for
police use
30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells
of the appropriate size
Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun
Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun
31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds
per rifle
Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds
per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle
32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all
)
- 15 shy
for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any
38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set
aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all
revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the
supply for marksmanship training
33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver
ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department
Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man
34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever
any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should
be replaced
35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to
each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued
This used ammunition should be put in the supply used
for marksmanship training
36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters
for use in reloading
37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be
maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station
revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man
38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and
should be discarded in some suitable manner
1h
- 16 0
39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be
used for marksmanship training to be made up at the
new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and
distributed to the Department Headquarters This one
reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire
police requirements
40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department
Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18
Departments These to be used in the rural areas against
bandit gangs concealed in the jungles
41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 MMh gas projectile guns
Hand grenades
37 11 blast cartridges
37 M projectile cartridges
Gas Masks
42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy
desirable in police work and should be disposed of
43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It
should be expended in training courses as promptly as
possible
44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy
)
- 17 shy
mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters The supply should be held
at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates
while in storage A good basis for this supply would
be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters
Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are
received
45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of
ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This
is less confusing smaller stock required and provides
more possibility of one policeman supplying another with
ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt
to be using the same type
GENERAL
46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization
a separate administrative control should be established
over the firearms and related activities See Appendix
No 5 for suggested plan
47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance
be established See Appendix No 3
48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be
established and followed by all of the police units
See Appendix No 4
- 18 shy
49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the
National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms
and their inability to function efficiently it is
strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be
ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible
S
a
i
i
-19-
THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)
CONCLUSIONS
1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with
revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns
in the station They need some additional supporting
equipment8 shy
2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning
3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it
necessay to stock many types of ammunition
4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4
barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of
one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents
They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These
are used by the Rural Security Service where they have
218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are
sufficient for current requirements If there is a
surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended
that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters
excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use
5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account
of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has
been adopted as the standard plan
-20N
6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would
be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his
equipment on short notice if required
7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are
in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all
new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful
that stations are aware of the availability of this
eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant
stations in the event of a sudden requirement
AMMUNITION
8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of
when it was received and no stock levels established
9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years
without replacement
10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which
is best for bandit control
GENERAL
11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4
regulation
4
a
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-8shy
24 Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbine audaunition is in good
condition Methods of storage could be improved including
records of dates received and established stock levels
GENERAL
25 Bandits and the general public fully recognize how
poorly the National Police are armed This promotes
boldness among the trouble makers and seriously undermines
the confidence of the public in the police
26 Administration The functions of the firearms program
are very important and a complete plan of operation is
needed
- 9-
RECOMRIENDATIONS -- WTIONAL POLICE
FIREARMS CONDITION RUMBERS AND STORAGE
1 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines be
distroyed They are too dangerous for continued use
2 That the sub-mactine guns are not desirable in modern
police work especially in urban areas The sub-nachine
guns currently in use to be transferred to the rural
areas for use until they are no longer serviceable The
shotguns and caliber 30 11 carbines are far superior to
the sub-machine guns for police use even in the rural
areas
3 That all of the Mauser rifles to be disposed of They
may be sold to the public through proper channels nnd
the receipts used to purchase the much needed ammunition
4 That the 78 Winchester liodel 351 and 65 Savage 22 lHornet
rifles at Medellin be discontinued in police use They
are badly krn and the Hornet is not a good police rifle
5 That sufficient quantities of caliber 30 MI carbines
be obtained and issued to Department Leadquarters on the
basis of 2 for every 5 men in rural areas with priorities
to the violence areas
I
-t
- 10 shy
6 That sufficient extra 10 shot clips be obtained and
distributed at the rate of 2 extra clips per gun for
fast loading This will permit police to carry extra
loaded clips
7 That a sufficient quantity of 12 gauge pump shotguns
with 20 inch barrel be obtained and distributed to
Department Headquarters in rural violence areas on the
basis of 1 shotgun for each 3 men Each shotgun should
be equipped with a sling
8 That a sufficient quantity of caliber 30-06 1 rifles
or some other similar long range semi-automatic rifle
be obtained to be distributed to Department Headquarters
in rural violence areas based on 1 iAfle for each 10
men operating in rural zones These rifles should be
equipped with slings They are for use where the effective
range of the caliber 30 11 carbine is not sufficientshy
-- ----- - 9T6inadrdize on equipment and ammunition all revolvers
and pistols other than 38 special caliber currently
in service except the 22 caliber should be sold
runds from such sales to be used to purchase required
ammunition
10 That sufficient additional 38 special revolvers on 41
- 11 shy
frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that
each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all
times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon
beforehand while those going off duty will be able to
turn theirs in after coupleting their turns
11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not
in first class condition be completely reconditioned
12 That immediate consideration should be given toward
the future establishment of regulations requiring each
policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all
times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian
clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed
They would have full police authority at all times
This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary
regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while
- off duty as well -as while on duty
13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the
National Police have a revolver assigned to him which
he will keep and be responsible for at all times This
will provide many additional hours of police protection
and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and
ammunition
0 - 12 shy
14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which
06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special
15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in
BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent
to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters
See Appendix No 6
COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS
16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with
slings These slings may be obtained from the local
0markets
17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on
IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material
may be obtained from local suppliers
18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police
SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun
The number required would be based on the number of horses
in service They may be obtained through the local markets
19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be
installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried
in tbese cars
4
- 13 shy
20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the
standard holster while in uniform
21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 1 belt per carbine
22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed
on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle
AINUJNITION
23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 50 rounds per M1 carbine
24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to
each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine
25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be
used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines
26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition
stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock
level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained
27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot
be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters
on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to
be used in operations against bandits and other criminals
- 14 S
28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained
and distributed through Department Headquarters on the
basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be
used for riot control
29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00
buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes
of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for
police use
30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells
of the appropriate size
Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun
Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun
31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds
per rifle
Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds
per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle
32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all
)
- 15 shy
for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any
38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set
aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all
revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the
supply for marksmanship training
33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver
ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department
Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man
34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever
any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should
be replaced
35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to
each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued
This used ammunition should be put in the supply used
for marksmanship training
36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters
for use in reloading
37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be
maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station
revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man
38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and
should be discarded in some suitable manner
1h
- 16 0
39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be
used for marksmanship training to be made up at the
new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and
distributed to the Department Headquarters This one
reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire
police requirements
40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department
Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18
Departments These to be used in the rural areas against
bandit gangs concealed in the jungles
41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 MMh gas projectile guns
Hand grenades
37 11 blast cartridges
37 M projectile cartridges
Gas Masks
42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy
desirable in police work and should be disposed of
43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It
should be expended in training courses as promptly as
possible
44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy
)
- 17 shy
mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters The supply should be held
at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates
while in storage A good basis for this supply would
be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters
Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are
received
45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of
ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This
is less confusing smaller stock required and provides
more possibility of one policeman supplying another with
ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt
to be using the same type
GENERAL
46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization
a separate administrative control should be established
over the firearms and related activities See Appendix
No 5 for suggested plan
47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance
be established See Appendix No 3
48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be
established and followed by all of the police units
See Appendix No 4
- 18 shy
49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the
National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms
and their inability to function efficiently it is
strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be
ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible
S
a
i
i
-19-
THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)
CONCLUSIONS
1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with
revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns
in the station They need some additional supporting
equipment8 shy
2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning
3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it
necessay to stock many types of ammunition
4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4
barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of
one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents
They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These
are used by the Rural Security Service where they have
218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are
sufficient for current requirements If there is a
surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended
that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters
excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use
5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account
of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has
been adopted as the standard plan
-20N
6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would
be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his
equipment on short notice if required
7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are
in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all
new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful
that stations are aware of the availability of this
eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant
stations in the event of a sudden requirement
AMMUNITION
8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of
when it was received and no stock levels established
9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years
without replacement
10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which
is best for bandit control
GENERAL
11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4
regulation
4
a
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
- 9-
RECOMRIENDATIONS -- WTIONAL POLICE
FIREARMS CONDITION RUMBERS AND STORAGE
1 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber carbines be
distroyed They are too dangerous for continued use
2 That the sub-mactine guns are not desirable in modern
police work especially in urban areas The sub-nachine
guns currently in use to be transferred to the rural
areas for use until they are no longer serviceable The
shotguns and caliber 30 11 carbines are far superior to
the sub-machine guns for police use even in the rural
areas
3 That all of the Mauser rifles to be disposed of They
may be sold to the public through proper channels nnd
the receipts used to purchase the much needed ammunition
4 That the 78 Winchester liodel 351 and 65 Savage 22 lHornet
rifles at Medellin be discontinued in police use They
are badly krn and the Hornet is not a good police rifle
5 That sufficient quantities of caliber 30 MI carbines
be obtained and issued to Department Leadquarters on the
basis of 2 for every 5 men in rural areas with priorities
to the violence areas
I
-t
- 10 shy
6 That sufficient extra 10 shot clips be obtained and
distributed at the rate of 2 extra clips per gun for
fast loading This will permit police to carry extra
loaded clips
7 That a sufficient quantity of 12 gauge pump shotguns
with 20 inch barrel be obtained and distributed to
Department Headquarters in rural violence areas on the
basis of 1 shotgun for each 3 men Each shotgun should
be equipped with a sling
8 That a sufficient quantity of caliber 30-06 1 rifles
or some other similar long range semi-automatic rifle
be obtained to be distributed to Department Headquarters
in rural violence areas based on 1 iAfle for each 10
men operating in rural zones These rifles should be
equipped with slings They are for use where the effective
range of the caliber 30 11 carbine is not sufficientshy
-- ----- - 9T6inadrdize on equipment and ammunition all revolvers
and pistols other than 38 special caliber currently
in service except the 22 caliber should be sold
runds from such sales to be used to purchase required
ammunition
10 That sufficient additional 38 special revolvers on 41
- 11 shy
frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that
each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all
times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon
beforehand while those going off duty will be able to
turn theirs in after coupleting their turns
11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not
in first class condition be completely reconditioned
12 That immediate consideration should be given toward
the future establishment of regulations requiring each
policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all
times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian
clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed
They would have full police authority at all times
This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary
regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while
- off duty as well -as while on duty
13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the
National Police have a revolver assigned to him which
he will keep and be responsible for at all times This
will provide many additional hours of police protection
and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and
ammunition
0 - 12 shy
14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which
06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special
15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in
BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent
to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters
See Appendix No 6
COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS
16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with
slings These slings may be obtained from the local
0markets
17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on
IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material
may be obtained from local suppliers
18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police
SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun
The number required would be based on the number of horses
in service They may be obtained through the local markets
19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be
installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried
in tbese cars
4
- 13 shy
20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the
standard holster while in uniform
21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 1 belt per carbine
22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed
on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle
AINUJNITION
23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 50 rounds per M1 carbine
24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to
each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine
25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be
used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines
26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition
stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock
level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained
27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot
be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters
on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to
be used in operations against bandits and other criminals
- 14 S
28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained
and distributed through Department Headquarters on the
basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be
used for riot control
29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00
buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes
of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for
police use
30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells
of the appropriate size
Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun
Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun
31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds
per rifle
Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds
per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle
32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all
)
- 15 shy
for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any
38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set
aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all
revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the
supply for marksmanship training
33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver
ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department
Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man
34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever
any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should
be replaced
35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to
each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued
This used ammunition should be put in the supply used
for marksmanship training
36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters
for use in reloading
37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be
maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station
revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man
38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and
should be discarded in some suitable manner
1h
- 16 0
39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be
used for marksmanship training to be made up at the
new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and
distributed to the Department Headquarters This one
reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire
police requirements
40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department
Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18
Departments These to be used in the rural areas against
bandit gangs concealed in the jungles
41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 MMh gas projectile guns
Hand grenades
37 11 blast cartridges
37 M projectile cartridges
Gas Masks
42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy
desirable in police work and should be disposed of
43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It
should be expended in training courses as promptly as
possible
44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy
)
- 17 shy
mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters The supply should be held
at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates
while in storage A good basis for this supply would
be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters
Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are
received
45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of
ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This
is less confusing smaller stock required and provides
more possibility of one policeman supplying another with
ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt
to be using the same type
GENERAL
46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization
a separate administrative control should be established
over the firearms and related activities See Appendix
No 5 for suggested plan
47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance
be established See Appendix No 3
48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be
established and followed by all of the police units
See Appendix No 4
- 18 shy
49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the
National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms
and their inability to function efficiently it is
strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be
ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible
S
a
i
i
-19-
THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)
CONCLUSIONS
1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with
revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns
in the station They need some additional supporting
equipment8 shy
2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning
3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it
necessay to stock many types of ammunition
4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4
barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of
one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents
They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These
are used by the Rural Security Service where they have
218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are
sufficient for current requirements If there is a
surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended
that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters
excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use
5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account
of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has
been adopted as the standard plan
-20N
6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would
be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his
equipment on short notice if required
7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are
in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all
new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful
that stations are aware of the availability of this
eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant
stations in the event of a sudden requirement
AMMUNITION
8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of
when it was received and no stock levels established
9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years
without replacement
10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which
is best for bandit control
GENERAL
11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4
regulation
4
a
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
I
-t
- 10 shy
6 That sufficient extra 10 shot clips be obtained and
distributed at the rate of 2 extra clips per gun for
fast loading This will permit police to carry extra
loaded clips
7 That a sufficient quantity of 12 gauge pump shotguns
with 20 inch barrel be obtained and distributed to
Department Headquarters in rural violence areas on the
basis of 1 shotgun for each 3 men Each shotgun should
be equipped with a sling
8 That a sufficient quantity of caliber 30-06 1 rifles
or some other similar long range semi-automatic rifle
be obtained to be distributed to Department Headquarters
in rural violence areas based on 1 iAfle for each 10
men operating in rural zones These rifles should be
equipped with slings They are for use where the effective
range of the caliber 30 11 carbine is not sufficientshy
-- ----- - 9T6inadrdize on equipment and ammunition all revolvers
and pistols other than 38 special caliber currently
in service except the 22 caliber should be sold
runds from such sales to be used to purchase required
ammunition
10 That sufficient additional 38 special revolvers on 41
- 11 shy
frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that
each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all
times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon
beforehand while those going off duty will be able to
turn theirs in after coupleting their turns
11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not
in first class condition be completely reconditioned
12 That immediate consideration should be given toward
the future establishment of regulations requiring each
policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all
times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian
clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed
They would have full police authority at all times
This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary
regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while
- off duty as well -as while on duty
13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the
National Police have a revolver assigned to him which
he will keep and be responsible for at all times This
will provide many additional hours of police protection
and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and
ammunition
0 - 12 shy
14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which
06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special
15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in
BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent
to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters
See Appendix No 6
COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS
16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with
slings These slings may be obtained from the local
0markets
17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on
IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material
may be obtained from local suppliers
18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police
SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun
The number required would be based on the number of horses
in service They may be obtained through the local markets
19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be
installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried
in tbese cars
4
- 13 shy
20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the
standard holster while in uniform
21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 1 belt per carbine
22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed
on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle
AINUJNITION
23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 50 rounds per M1 carbine
24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to
each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine
25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be
used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines
26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition
stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock
level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained
27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot
be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters
on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to
be used in operations against bandits and other criminals
- 14 S
28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained
and distributed through Department Headquarters on the
basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be
used for riot control
29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00
buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes
of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for
police use
30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells
of the appropriate size
Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun
Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun
31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds
per rifle
Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds
per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle
32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all
)
- 15 shy
for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any
38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set
aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all
revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the
supply for marksmanship training
33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver
ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department
Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man
34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever
any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should
be replaced
35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to
each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued
This used ammunition should be put in the supply used
for marksmanship training
36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters
for use in reloading
37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be
maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station
revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man
38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and
should be discarded in some suitable manner
1h
- 16 0
39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be
used for marksmanship training to be made up at the
new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and
distributed to the Department Headquarters This one
reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire
police requirements
40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department
Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18
Departments These to be used in the rural areas against
bandit gangs concealed in the jungles
41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 MMh gas projectile guns
Hand grenades
37 11 blast cartridges
37 M projectile cartridges
Gas Masks
42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy
desirable in police work and should be disposed of
43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It
should be expended in training courses as promptly as
possible
44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy
)
- 17 shy
mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters The supply should be held
at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates
while in storage A good basis for this supply would
be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters
Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are
received
45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of
ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This
is less confusing smaller stock required and provides
more possibility of one policeman supplying another with
ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt
to be using the same type
GENERAL
46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization
a separate administrative control should be established
over the firearms and related activities See Appendix
No 5 for suggested plan
47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance
be established See Appendix No 3
48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be
established and followed by all of the police units
See Appendix No 4
- 18 shy
49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the
National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms
and their inability to function efficiently it is
strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be
ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible
S
a
i
i
-19-
THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)
CONCLUSIONS
1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with
revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns
in the station They need some additional supporting
equipment8 shy
2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning
3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it
necessay to stock many types of ammunition
4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4
barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of
one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents
They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These
are used by the Rural Security Service where they have
218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are
sufficient for current requirements If there is a
surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended
that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters
excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use
5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account
of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has
been adopted as the standard plan
-20N
6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would
be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his
equipment on short notice if required
7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are
in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all
new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful
that stations are aware of the availability of this
eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant
stations in the event of a sudden requirement
AMMUNITION
8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of
when it was received and no stock levels established
9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years
without replacement
10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which
is best for bandit control
GENERAL
11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4
regulation
4
a
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
- 11 shy
frames with 4 inch barrels be obtained in order that
each non-comissioned officer will be armed at all
times nd each agent going on duty may draw his weapon
beforehand while those going off duty will be able to
turn theirs in after coupleting their turns
11 That any revolvers presently in service which are not
in first class condition be completely reconditioned
12 That immediate consideration should be given toward
the future establishment of regulations requiring each
policeman to carry their badge and revolver at all
times while on or off duty in uniform or civilian
clothes When in civilian clothes the gun to be concealed
They would have full police authority at all times
This will call for the strict inforcement of disciplinary
regulations for conduct unbecoming a policenan while
- off duty as well -as while on duty
13 That each officer and non-commissioned officer of the
National Police have a revolver assigned to him which
he will keep and be responsible for at all times This
will provide many additional hours of police protection
and save many hours now devoted to issuing guns and
ammunition
0 - 12 shy
14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which
06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special
15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in
BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent
to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters
See Appendix No 6
COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS
16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with
slings These slings may be obtained from the local
0markets
17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on
IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material
may be obtained from local suppliers
18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police
SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun
The number required would be based on the number of horses
in service They may be obtained through the local markets
19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be
installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried
in tbese cars
4
- 13 shy
20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the
standard holster while in uniform
21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 1 belt per carbine
22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed
on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle
AINUJNITION
23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 50 rounds per M1 carbine
24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to
each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine
25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be
used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines
26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition
stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock
level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained
27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot
be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters
on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to
be used in operations against bandits and other criminals
- 14 S
28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained
and distributed through Department Headquarters on the
basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be
used for riot control
29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00
buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes
of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for
police use
30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells
of the appropriate size
Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun
Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun
31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds
per rifle
Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds
per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle
32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all
)
- 15 shy
for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any
38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set
aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all
revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the
supply for marksmanship training
33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver
ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department
Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man
34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever
any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should
be replaced
35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to
each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued
This used ammunition should be put in the supply used
for marksmanship training
36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters
for use in reloading
37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be
maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station
revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man
38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and
should be discarded in some suitable manner
1h
- 16 0
39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be
used for marksmanship training to be made up at the
new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and
distributed to the Department Headquarters This one
reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire
police requirements
40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department
Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18
Departments These to be used in the rural areas against
bandit gangs concealed in the jungles
41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 MMh gas projectile guns
Hand grenades
37 11 blast cartridges
37 M projectile cartridges
Gas Masks
42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy
desirable in police work and should be disposed of
43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It
should be expended in training courses as promptly as
possible
44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy
)
- 17 shy
mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters The supply should be held
at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates
while in storage A good basis for this supply would
be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters
Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are
received
45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of
ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This
is less confusing smaller stock required and provides
more possibility of one policeman supplying another with
ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt
to be using the same type
GENERAL
46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization
a separate administrative control should be established
over the firearms and related activities See Appendix
No 5 for suggested plan
47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance
be established See Appendix No 3
48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be
established and followed by all of the police units
See Appendix No 4
- 18 shy
49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the
National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms
and their inability to function efficiently it is
strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be
ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible
S
a
i
i
-19-
THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)
CONCLUSIONS
1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with
revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns
in the station They need some additional supporting
equipment8 shy
2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning
3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it
necessay to stock many types of ammunition
4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4
barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of
one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents
They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These
are used by the Rural Security Service where they have
218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are
sufficient for current requirements If there is a
surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended
that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters
excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use
5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account
of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has
been adopted as the standard plan
-20N
6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would
be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his
equipment on short notice if required
7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are
in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all
new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful
that stations are aware of the availability of this
eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant
stations in the event of a sudden requirement
AMMUNITION
8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of
when it was received and no stock levels established
9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years
without replacement
10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which
is best for bandit control
GENERAL
11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4
regulation
4
a
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
0 - 12 shy
14 That all officers be required to wear a revolver which
06 may be of his own choosing but to be 38 caliber special
15 That all gun repairs be done at tbe new gun building in
BogotA Guns in the field needing repairs should be sent
to this central repair shop by Department 6ecduarters
See Appendix No 6
COSLINGS SCABBARDS AND ANNIUNITION BELTS
16 iThat the shotguns currently in service be etnuipped with
slings These slings may be obtained from the local
0markets
17 That 500 additional slings either web or leather be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquacters on
IV the basis of I sling for each 10 carbines This material
may be obtained from local suppliers
18 That saddle scabbards be obtained for all mounted police
SThey should be capabl of holding either a rifle or shotgun
The number required would be based on the number of horses
in service They may be obtained through the local markets
19 That a suitable lock type shotgun rack or holder be
installed in urban patrol cars so shotguns may be carried
in tbese cars
4
- 13 shy
20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the
standard holster while in uniform
21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 1 belt per carbine
22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed
on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle
AINUJNITION
23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 50 rounds per M1 carbine
24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to
each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine
25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be
used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines
26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition
stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock
level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained
27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot
be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters
on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to
be used in operations against bandits and other criminals
- 14 S
28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained
and distributed through Department Headquarters on the
basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be
used for riot control
29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00
buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes
of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for
police use
30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells
of the appropriate size
Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun
Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun
31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds
per rifle
Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds
per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle
32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all
)
- 15 shy
for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any
38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set
aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all
revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the
supply for marksmanship training
33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver
ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department
Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man
34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever
any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should
be replaced
35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to
each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued
This used ammunition should be put in the supply used
for marksmanship training
36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters
for use in reloading
37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be
maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station
revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man
38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and
should be discarded in some suitable manner
1h
- 16 0
39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be
used for marksmanship training to be made up at the
new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and
distributed to the Department Headquarters This one
reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire
police requirements
40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department
Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18
Departments These to be used in the rural areas against
bandit gangs concealed in the jungles
41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 MMh gas projectile guns
Hand grenades
37 11 blast cartridges
37 M projectile cartridges
Gas Masks
42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy
desirable in police work and should be disposed of
43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It
should be expended in training courses as promptly as
possible
44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy
)
- 17 shy
mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters The supply should be held
at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates
while in storage A good basis for this supply would
be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters
Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are
received
45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of
ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This
is less confusing smaller stock required and provides
more possibility of one policeman supplying another with
ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt
to be using the same type
GENERAL
46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization
a separate administrative control should be established
over the firearms and related activities See Appendix
No 5 for suggested plan
47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance
be established See Appendix No 3
48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be
established and followed by all of the police units
See Appendix No 4
- 18 shy
49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the
National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms
and their inability to function efficiently it is
strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be
ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible
S
a
i
i
-19-
THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)
CONCLUSIONS
1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with
revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns
in the station They need some additional supporting
equipment8 shy
2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning
3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it
necessay to stock many types of ammunition
4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4
barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of
one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents
They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These
are used by the Rural Security Service where they have
218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are
sufficient for current requirements If there is a
surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended
that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters
excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use
5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account
of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has
been adopted as the standard plan
-20N
6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would
be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his
equipment on short notice if required
7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are
in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all
new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful
that stations are aware of the availability of this
eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant
stations in the event of a sudden requirement
AMMUNITION
8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of
when it was received and no stock levels established
9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years
without replacement
10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which
is best for bandit control
GENERAL
11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4
regulation
4
a
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
- 13 shy
20 That all uniformed police be required to wear the
standard holster while in uniform
21 That sufficient canvas or leather cartridge belts be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 1 belt per carbine
22 That canvas cartridge belts be obtained and distributed
on the basis of one belt for each caliber 30-06 141 rifle
AINUJNITION
23 That sufficient caliber 30 111 carbine ammunition be
obtained and distributed to Department Headquarters based
on 50 rounds per M1 carbine
24 Issue 50 rounds of ammunition and a cartiidge belt to
each man carrying a caliber 30 M1 carbine
25 That the Cristobal Kiraly 30 caliber ammunition be
used in the caliber 30 Ml1 carbines
26 That maximum station caliber 30 Ml carbine ammunition
stock level of 50 rounds per M1 carbine and minimum stock
level of 20 rounds per 1l carbine be maintained
27 That 250000 12 gauge shotgun shells with 00 buck shot
be obtained and distributed through Department Headquarters
on the basis of 25 shells per shotgun These shells to
be used in operations against bandits and other criminals
- 14 S
28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained
and distributed through Department Headquarters on the
basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be
used for riot control
29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00
buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes
of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for
police use
30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells
of the appropriate size
Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun
Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun
31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds
per rifle
Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds
per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle
32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all
)
- 15 shy
for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any
38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set
aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all
revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the
supply for marksmanship training
33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver
ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department
Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man
34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever
any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should
be replaced
35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to
each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued
This used ammunition should be put in the supply used
for marksmanship training
36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters
for use in reloading
37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be
maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station
revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man
38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and
should be discarded in some suitable manner
1h
- 16 0
39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be
used for marksmanship training to be made up at the
new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and
distributed to the Department Headquarters This one
reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire
police requirements
40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department
Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18
Departments These to be used in the rural areas against
bandit gangs concealed in the jungles
41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 MMh gas projectile guns
Hand grenades
37 11 blast cartridges
37 M projectile cartridges
Gas Masks
42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy
desirable in police work and should be disposed of
43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It
should be expended in training courses as promptly as
possible
44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy
)
- 17 shy
mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters The supply should be held
at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates
while in storage A good basis for this supply would
be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters
Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are
received
45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of
ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This
is less confusing smaller stock required and provides
more possibility of one policeman supplying another with
ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt
to be using the same type
GENERAL
46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization
a separate administrative control should be established
over the firearms and related activities See Appendix
No 5 for suggested plan
47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance
be established See Appendix No 3
48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be
established and followed by all of the police units
See Appendix No 4
- 18 shy
49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the
National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms
and their inability to function efficiently it is
strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be
ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible
S
a
i
i
-19-
THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)
CONCLUSIONS
1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with
revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns
in the station They need some additional supporting
equipment8 shy
2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning
3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it
necessay to stock many types of ammunition
4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4
barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of
one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents
They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These
are used by the Rural Security Service where they have
218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are
sufficient for current requirements If there is a
surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended
that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters
excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use
5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account
of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has
been adopted as the standard plan
-20N
6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would
be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his
equipment on short notice if required
7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are
in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all
new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful
that stations are aware of the availability of this
eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant
stations in the event of a sudden requirement
AMMUNITION
8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of
when it was received and no stock levels established
9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years
without replacement
10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which
is best for bandit control
GENERAL
11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4
regulation
4
a
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
- 14 S
28 That 50000 shotgun shells with 410 shot be obtained
and distributed through Department Headquarters on the
basis of 5 shells per shotgun These shells to be
used for riot control
29 Shotgun shells on hand with shot ampize smaller than 00
buck to be exchanged for the 00 buck size The sizes
of shot currently in service are not satisfactory for
police use
30 That each man issued a shotgun to be issued 15 shells
of the appropriate size
Maximum Station Shotgun Shell Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 25 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 5 shells per shotgun
Minimum Station Shotgun Shells Stock Level
00 Buck shot - 10 shells per shotgun
10 Shot - 2 shells per shotgun
31 That sufficient 30-06 ammunition be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters on the basis of 200 rounds
per rifle
Naximum station 30-06 ammunition stock level 200 rounds
per rifle - minimum 50 rounds per rifle
32 Check all revolver and pistol ammunition and sell all
)
- 15 shy
for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any
38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set
aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all
revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the
supply for marksmanship training
33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver
ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department
Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man
34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever
any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should
be replaced
35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to
each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued
This used ammunition should be put in the supply used
for marksmanship training
36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters
for use in reloading
37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be
maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station
revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man
38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and
should be discarded in some suitable manner
1h
- 16 0
39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be
used for marksmanship training to be made up at the
new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and
distributed to the Department Headquarters This one
reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire
police requirements
40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department
Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18
Departments These to be used in the rural areas against
bandit gangs concealed in the jungles
41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 MMh gas projectile guns
Hand grenades
37 11 blast cartridges
37 M projectile cartridges
Gas Masks
42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy
desirable in police work and should be disposed of
43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It
should be expended in training courses as promptly as
possible
44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy
)
- 17 shy
mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters The supply should be held
at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates
while in storage A good basis for this supply would
be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters
Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are
received
45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of
ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This
is less confusing smaller stock required and provides
more possibility of one policeman supplying another with
ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt
to be using the same type
GENERAL
46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization
a separate administrative control should be established
over the firearms and related activities See Appendix
No 5 for suggested plan
47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance
be established See Appendix No 3
48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be
established and followed by all of the police units
See Appendix No 4
- 18 shy
49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the
National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms
and their inability to function efficiently it is
strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be
ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible
S
a
i
i
-19-
THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)
CONCLUSIONS
1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with
revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns
in the station They need some additional supporting
equipment8 shy
2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning
3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it
necessay to stock many types of ammunition
4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4
barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of
one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents
They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These
are used by the Rural Security Service where they have
218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are
sufficient for current requirements If there is a
surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended
that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters
excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use
5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account
of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has
been adopted as the standard plan
-20N
6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would
be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his
equipment on short notice if required
7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are
in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all
new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful
that stations are aware of the availability of this
eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant
stations in the event of a sudden requirement
AMMUNITION
8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of
when it was received and no stock levels established
9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years
without replacement
10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which
is best for bandit control
GENERAL
11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4
regulation
4
a
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
)
- 15 shy
for calibers other than 38 special or 22 caliber Any
38 special showing signs of corrosion or -wear be set
aside for use in marksmanship instruction Place all
revolver ammunition which has been used for issue in the
supply for marksmanship training
33 That sufficient quantities of standard 38 special revolver
ammunition be obtained and distributed to Department
Headquarters on the basis of 20 rounds per man
34 Issue 20 rounds of revolver ammunition per man Whenever
any of this issue is expended in the line of duty it should
be replaced
35 After one year issue 20 rounds38 caliber ammunition to
each man and pick up the 20 rounds previously issued
This used ammunition should be put in the supply used
for marksmanship training
36 That all fired revolver cases be turned in to headcouarters
for use in reloading
37 That maximum station revolver ammunition stock level be
maintained at 30 rounds per man and minimum station
revolver ammunition stock level 13 rounds per man
38 All 7nn ammunition on band is too old for safe use and
should be discarded in some suitable manner
1h
- 16 0
39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be
used for marksmanship training to be made up at the
new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and
distributed to the Department Headquarters This one
reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire
police requirements
40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department
Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18
Departments These to be used in the rural areas against
bandit gangs concealed in the jungles
41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 MMh gas projectile guns
Hand grenades
37 11 blast cartridges
37 M projectile cartridges
Gas Masks
42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy
desirable in police work and should be disposed of
43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It
should be expended in training courses as promptly as
possible
44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy
)
- 17 shy
mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters The supply should be held
at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates
while in storage A good basis for this supply would
be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters
Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are
received
45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of
ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This
is less confusing smaller stock required and provides
more possibility of one policeman supplying another with
ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt
to be using the same type
GENERAL
46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization
a separate administrative control should be established
over the firearms and related activities See Appendix
No 5 for suggested plan
47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance
be established See Appendix No 3
48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be
established and followed by all of the police units
See Appendix No 4
- 18 shy
49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the
National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms
and their inability to function efficiently it is
strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be
ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible
S
a
i
i
-19-
THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)
CONCLUSIONS
1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with
revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns
in the station They need some additional supporting
equipment8 shy
2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning
3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it
necessay to stock many types of ammunition
4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4
barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of
one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents
They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These
are used by the Rural Security Service where they have
218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are
sufficient for current requirements If there is a
surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended
that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters
excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use
5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account
of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has
been adopted as the standard plan
-20N
6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would
be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his
equipment on short notice if required
7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are
in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all
new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful
that stations are aware of the availability of this
eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant
stations in the event of a sudden requirement
AMMUNITION
8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of
when it was received and no stock levels established
9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years
without replacement
10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which
is best for bandit control
GENERAL
11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4
regulation
4
a
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
1h
- 16 0
39 That all of the hand loaded revolver ammunition to be
used for marksmanship training to be made up at the
new gun building at the Cadet Academy in Bogotamp and
distributed to the Department Headquarters This one
reloading operation is sufficient Lo furnish the entire
police requirements
40 That 900 hand grenades be obtained and issued to Department
Headquarters based on 50 grenades for each of the 18
Departments These to be used in the rural areas against
bandit gangs concealed in the jungles
41 That the current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 MMh gas projectile guns
Hand grenades
37 11 blast cartridges
37 M projectile cartridges
Gas Masks
42 All other gas equipment in service at this time is unshy
desirable in police work and should be disposed of
43 Most of the current gas equipment is out-dated It
should be expended in training courses as promptly as
possible
44 A new supply of the expendable items listed in recomshy
)
- 17 shy
mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters The supply should be held
at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates
while in storage A good basis for this supply would
be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters
Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are
received
45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of
ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This
is less confusing smaller stock required and provides
more possibility of one policeman supplying another with
ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt
to be using the same type
GENERAL
46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization
a separate administrative control should be established
over the firearms and related activities See Appendix
No 5 for suggested plan
47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance
be established See Appendix No 3
48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be
established and followed by all of the police units
See Appendix No 4
- 18 shy
49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the
National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms
and their inability to function efficiently it is
strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be
ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible
S
a
i
i
-19-
THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)
CONCLUSIONS
1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with
revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns
in the station They need some additional supporting
equipment8 shy
2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning
3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it
necessay to stock many types of ammunition
4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4
barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of
one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents
They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These
are used by the Rural Security Service where they have
218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are
sufficient for current requirements If there is a
surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended
that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters
excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use
5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account
of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has
been adopted as the standard plan
-20N
6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would
be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his
equipment on short notice if required
7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are
in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all
new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful
that stations are aware of the availability of this
eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant
stations in the event of a sudden requirement
AMMUNITION
8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of
when it was received and no stock levels established
9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years
without replacement
10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which
is best for bandit control
GENERAL
11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4
regulation
4
a
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
)
- 17 shy
mendation number 41 should be obtained and distributed
to Department Headquarters The supply should be held
at a minimum as it is seldom used and it deteriorates
while in storage A good basis for this supply would
be 20 of each item for each Department Headquarters
Records to be maintained as to the date new issues are
received
45 If the above recommendations are adopted the types of
ammunition used win be reduced from 12 sizes to 6 This
is less confusing smaller stock required and provides
more possibility of one policeman supplying another with
ammunition in an emergency since they will be more apt
to be using the same type
GENERAL
46 Infview of the size of the National Police Organization
a separate administrative control should be established
over the firearms and related activities See Appendix
No 5 for suggested plan
47 That a standard regulation for gun and ammunition maintenance
be established See Appendix No 3
48 That new modern marksmanship training regulations be
established and followed by all of the police units
See Appendix No 4
- 18 shy
49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the
National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms
and their inability to function efficiently it is
strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be
ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible
S
a
i
i
-19-
THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)
CONCLUSIONS
1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with
revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns
in the station They need some additional supporting
equipment8 shy
2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning
3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it
necessay to stock many types of ammunition
4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4
barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of
one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents
They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These
are used by the Rural Security Service where they have
218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are
sufficient for current requirements If there is a
surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended
that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters
excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use
5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account
of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has
been adopted as the standard plan
-20N
6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would
be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his
equipment on short notice if required
7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are
in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all
new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful
that stations are aware of the availability of this
eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant
stations in the event of a sudden requirement
AMMUNITION
8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of
when it was received and no stock levels established
9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years
without replacement
10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which
is best for bandit control
GENERAL
11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4
regulation
4
a
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
- 18 shy
49 Because of the loss of confidence by the public in the
National Police as a result of their inadequate firearms
and their inability to function efficiently it is
strongly urged that the foregoing recomendations be
ampV approved and put into effect just is soon as possible
S
a
i
i
-19-
THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)
CONCLUSIONS
1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with
revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns
in the station They need some additional supporting
equipment8 shy
2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning
3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it
necessay to stock many types of ammunition
4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4
barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of
one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents
They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These
are used by the Rural Security Service where they have
218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are
sufficient for current requirements If there is a
surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended
that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters
excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use
5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account
of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has
been adopted as the standard plan
-20N
6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would
be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his
equipment on short notice if required
7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are
in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all
new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful
that stations are aware of the availability of this
eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant
stations in the event of a sudden requirement
AMMUNITION
8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of
when it was received and no stock levels established
9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years
without replacement
10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which
is best for bandit control
GENERAL
11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4
regulation
4
a
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
i
-19-
THE DEPMTANENTO ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIAD (DAS)
CONCLUSIONS
1 The Urban Stations are not sufficiently armed with
revolver for each man and 2 or e Madsensub-machine guns
in the station They need some additional supporting
equipment8 shy
2 Some of the revolvers need reconditioning
3 There are many types and calibers of hana guns making it
necessay to stock many types of ammunition
4 DAS has 1288 Colt and S amp W revolvers with 2 and 4
barrels This is-more-than enough forthe quota of
one revolver to each agent woth a total of 1000 agents
They have 350 S amp W revolvers with 6tt barrels These
are used by the Rural Security Service where they have
218 agents Therefore the revolvers in service are
sufficient for current requirements If there is a
surplus of revolvers in storage in BogotA it is recommended
that 2 or 3 be distributed to each Department Headquarters
excluding the Rural Security Service for emergency use
5 Proper marksmanship training has been delayed on account
of lack of ammunition0 The practical pistol course has
been adopted as the standard plan
-20N
6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would
be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his
equipment on short notice if required
7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are
in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all
new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful
that stations are aware of the availability of this
eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant
stations in the event of a sudden requirement
AMMUNITION
8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of
when it was received and no stock levels established
9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years
without replacement
10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which
is best for bandit control
GENERAL
11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4
regulation
4
a
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-20N
6 All of the tear gas equipment is in storage in BogotA Would
be impossible for distant stations to obtain some of his
equipment on short notice if required
7 18 bullet proof masks and 108 bullet proof vests are
in storage in the warehouse in Bogotd This is all
new equipment which has never been used It is doubtful
that stations are aware of the availability of this
eqaipment Nor would it be very useful to distant
stations in the event of a sudden requirement
AMMUNITION
8 Much of the ammunition is very old No records of
when it was received and no stock levels established
9 The ammunition issued to agents is used for several years
without replacement
10 The shotgun ammunition in service is all 00 buck shot which
is best for bandit control
GENERAL
11 These people need a systematic marksmanship instruction 4
regulation
4
a
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-21
THE DEPARTAMIENTO- ADMINISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
RECOMENDATIONS
FIREARMAS CONDITION NUMBER AND STORAGE
1 To provide necessary support guns to be used in the
apprehension ofcriminals barricaded inside of a
building bandit gangs or other special conditions
where the revolver is not sufficient it is
recommended that 62-12 gauge pump shotguns with
slings and approximately 20 inch barrels be obtained
and distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4
guns per Department (State)
2 That 62 caliber 30 Ml Carbines be obtained and
distributed to Department Headquarters based on 4 guns
per Department
3 Any revolvers in need of repairs to be completely
reconditioned
4 That in order to standardize on equipment and ammunition
all revolvers and pistols other than 38 special and 22
long rifle caliber be sold Funds received from these
sales to be used to purchase ammunition
5 All guns requiring repairs will be sent to the DAS
guns repair shop in BogotS The use of the single
repairshop will easily handle all gun repairs for
this organization See Appendix -N 6
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
L
-22-S
6 The Madsen sub-machine guns are old and worn Because of their
short barrel they have a very short effective range They are
not dependable having many malfunctions The supply of 9M
ammunition is limited With the supplement of the shotguns and
the caliber 30M1 carbines there will be little use for the Madsen
guns The shotgun will be much more effective than the Madsen
and for greater distances In view of these important considerations
it is recommended that little use be made of the Madsen and plans
be made to phase them out of use entirely in the near future
7a Obtain 124 ten shot clips for the caliber 301 carbines and
distribute to Department Headquarters on the basis of 2 clips per
11 carbine These will permit the agents to carry loaded clips
to provide fast reloading
8 If the above recommended standardization of guns and ammunition
are adoptec the number of different types would be reduced from
8 sizes to 4 This will be a big advantage in stocking ammunition
andwilLofter-permirone age to supply another with needed
ammunition since they will be using the same type
SLINGS SCABBARDS AND AMMUNITION BELTS
9 Obtain 20 caliber 30M1 carbine slings to replace those worn
out These may be obtained through local sources
S
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-23shy
10 That saddle scabbards capable of holding the VWinchester
Model 94 rifle or the shotgun be obtained and issued
to the Rural Security- Service Headquarters The number shy
to be based on the number of saddles in use Theymay
be obtained through local suppliers
11 Obtain 62 canvas cartridge belts and distribute to Department
Headquarters on the basis of one belt per caliber 30M1
carbine These may be obtained on the local market
AMIUNITION
12 That 6200 12 gauge shotgun shells wIth 00 buck shot be
obtained to be used in the above mentioned shotguns these to
be distributed to Department Headquarters based on 100 shells
per shotgun Establish a maximum station shotgun shell stock
level of 100 shells per shotgun minimum of 25 shells
13 That 6200 caliber 30MI carbine cartridges be obtained and
distribute to Department Headquarters based on 100 rounds per
M1 carbine rifle Establish a maximum station MI carbine anmushy
nition stock level of 100 rounds per Ml carbine and a minimum
of 25 rounds
14 Sell all revolver and pistol ammunition in service other
than 38 special ana 22 long rifle caliber
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
45 -24shy
15 Any 38 special ammunition in stock showing corrosion or
wear should be set aside for use in marksmanship training
Any 38 special ammunition khich has been issued for more
than one year should be put in the supply for marksmanship
training and new ammunition issued This policy of
reissuing ammunition to be followed each year EstabliAh
maximum station revolver ammunition stock level of 40
rounds per man and minimum of 20 rounds per man
16 That 200 hand grenades be obtained and issued to the
Rural Security Service Headquarters for use against
bandit gangso
17 That current gas equipment be reduced to the following
items
37 mm Projectile guns
Hand Grenades
37 mm blast cartridges
37 dim projectfle cartridges
Gas Masks
18 All other gas equipment in services is undesirable and
should be disposed of
19 Most of the gas equipment is out-dated and should be
expended in training courses as promptly as possible
0
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-25shy
20 A new supply of expendable items listed in recommendation
number 17 should be obLained and distributed to
Department Headquarters The supply should be held at a
minimum as it is seldom used and it deterlbrates while
in storage A good basis for this supply would be 10
ofeach item for each Department Ieadquarters Records
to be maintained as to the date new issues-are received
21 That all hand-loaded-revolver ammunition which-will be
used for marksmanship training should be made up at the
DAS reloading room in Bogotd and distributed to Department
Headquarters
22q That the supply of bullet proofvests and masks in
storage in Bogotd should be distributed to the Department
Headquarters so they may be available for use if required
GENERAL
23 Establish standard regulations-for the maintenance of guns
and ammunition See Appendix N0 3
24 That marksmanship training regulations be-established
and used See Appendix No0 4
V4
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-27-
ORIENTATION GENERAL
Arrived at Bogota at 1130 PM April 1 1965
Mr Herbert 0 Hardin Chief of Public Safety took me to
meet the following important individuals
USAID Director - Mr James R Fowler
U S Ambassador - Mr Covey Oliver
General Director of Police - Colonel Bernardo Camacho
Chief of DAS -- Colonel Alfonso Rojas M
Director Military Industry Admiral Francisco Muffoz
Police Liaison Officer Major Rafael Gelvez
and many other related offici
On April 8 I was accompanied by Major Gelvez on a trip to
Soacha Colombia to visit a Military factory A report of this
visit will be found attached as Appendix No 1
On April 9 accompanied by Major Gelvez we visited another
military factory near Sogamoso Colombia The report on this
visit is attached as Appendix No2
ORIENTATION - NATIONAL POLICE
On one visit to National Police headquarters in Bogotd I was
sought out by National Police Engineer Aristides Ramirez who
explained that a large new building is just being completed
at the Police Cadet Officers Academy to be used entirely for gun
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
k
-28shy
repairs reloading ammunition and the storage and maintenance of
guns and ammunition He was anxious to have suggestions on the
most suitable arrangement of the equipment and the types of equipshy
ment required - I spent a half day at the new building with him
offering many suggestions which were appreciated and assurance
was given that they would be followed This new building will
be a valuable asset to the National Police
A total of 23 National Police Stations were visited in conducting
this survey
w
NATIONAL POLICE STATIONS VISITED 0
Number of Men Town Department (State)
1200 Tunj a Boyack
8oo Neiva Huila
12 Campoalegre Huila
8o0 J2opayan - - - - -Gaucn
8 Piendamo Cauca
2500 Ibagu6 Tolima
18 El Salado Tolima
8 Villa Restrepo Tolima
200 Espinal (School) Tolima
200 Girardot Cundinamarca
5000 Medellin Antioquia
187 Rio Negro Antioquia
0shy
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-29-
National Police Stations Visited (Contd)
Number of Men Town Department (State)
950 Bucaramanga Santander
800 Cartagena Bolivar
60 San Andres Island San Andrds
Places visited in Bogotl Cundinamarca
National Police Headquarters
The Police Academy
Station No 1
Station No 4
Sta6ion No 6 -
Station No T
Non-Com Officers Cadet School
Mounted Police and Dog School
While visiting the National Police in Neiva I was shown a new
building being completed which will house the National Police
headquarters for the State of Huila beginning next November
I was taken to the room to be used for gun storage and asked
for suggestions for advisable equipment which was cheerfully
given This is another step forward for the Police as it is a
very large modern building (See Illustrations)
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-30-
Visited No 7 Station in Bogota where reloading and gun repairing
is done These operations are very crowded They have fine metal S
lathes drills and milling machines Gave them several helpful
suggestions to improve their reloading operation This activity
will be greatly improved when moved into the new building
previously mentioned which is being built for this purpose
Observations - National Police
1 The current strength of the National Police is 30000 men G-
This includes officers non-commissioned officers and
policemen In addition they employ 3000 civilians All
amounts shown in this reportfor supplies and equipment axe
based on the 30000 figure
2 The country of Colombia has 18 Departments or States
5 Each Department (or State) has its own National Police headshy
quarters in the State capital city and substations as required
throughout the State
4 The current firearms owned by the Nationa1 Police are
Revolvers
5207 S amp W 38 Special
16665 Colt 58 Special
23 S amp W 32 Long
S amp W 38 Short
15
7
S amp W 22 Caliber
235 Colt 22 Caliber
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-31shy
1 Colt 38 Short
37 Colt 4 Caliber
249 Colt 32 Long
1 H amp R 22 Caliber
1 Azul 32 Long
1 Leon 22 Caliber
2 Trade AA 38 Long
2 Ciervo 38 Long
25 H 0 38 Long
Pistols
34 Colt 22 Caliber
1 Colt 45 Caliber
10 High Standard 22 Caliber
24 Hamerli 22 Caliber
1 Browning 22 Caliber
I Browning 765 my
1 Browning 9 M
12 Beretta 22 Caliber
8 Star 22 Caliber
5 Star 9 MM
1 Brescia Brevette 635 MM
1 Ceska 635 MM
5 Ceska 765 M
1 Walther 765 Mm
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
1
k19
1
21
20
9
29
2
3
443
1 848
714
731k
124
288
372
2
2
47
6
-32-
Walther 9 I01
Steyr 735 IOM
Husquarna 38 Caliber
Astra 9 MM
Gesichert 9 MM
VM 31 Machine 765 MM
Rifles
Remington M 57 22 Caliber
Remington M 550 22 Caliber-
Winchester M 63 22 Caliber
Winchester M 74 22 Caliber
Mauser 7 MM 1898
Mauser 7 N4 1912
14auser-7 MM 1924
Muser 7AJ14L1934
Mauser 7 vM 1940
Mexican 7 14M
Belgas 30 Caliber 1950
Tamage 30 Caliber 1952
Madsen 50 Caliber
Caliber 30 1 Rifle (Garand)
K E 7 MM Semi-automatic
Browrning Semi-automatic 30 caliber
0-
S
a1
S
S
0
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-33shy
3 Savage 22 Caliber
2 Winchester 22 Caliber
154 Winchester 9 mm
1006 Caliber 30 Ml Carbine
5106 M2 Cristobal Kiraly 30 Caliber Carbine
Sub-machine Guns
10 Colt AR 15 223 Caliber
117 Riesing 45 Caliber
761 Madsen 9 mm Shotguns
200 Mossberg M10 12 gauge pump shotguns
5 While visiting the National Police Headquarters at Medellin
it was learned that they have the following guns in addition
to the National Police owned which were furnished by the
Department (State) of Antioquia in 1952
TB 351 Winchester Semi-automatic Rifles
65 Savage 22 Hornet Rifles
6 None of the stations visited had enough revolvers to issue
one to each policeman Therefore a part of their supply
was maintained near the front door of the station in cabinets
where they are issued to the police as they go on duty
at the start of each shift They are each also given 12 rounds
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
Ishy
of revolver ammunition At the end of the shift the
revolver and ammunition is turned in
S
7 Revolvers not required in the daily issue mentioned
above are kept in a gun room in storage They are
held in this manner for use in case of an emergency
In many instances there are several hundred revolvers
stored in this manner and not in use 0
8 Many police including all mounted police and most of
those assigned to rural sections are only armed vith a
rifle Some are armed with a Mauser rifle and some
with a Cristobal Kiraly carbine They are also issued 50
to 200 rounds of amunition While these guns are turned
in at their station each day they are reissued the same
rifle for the next shift
9 Many of the 7MM Mauser rifles have been re-chambered for
the 30-06 cartridge This was done because the barrel
was badly worn and that 30-06 ammunition is more readily
available
10 The revolvers are mostly old but serviceable
Caliber are used for marksmanship instruction
The 22
Officers
09
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-55shy
may purchase their own revolver of their choice Many
different types are used by the officersincluding the
P38 Lugers and Walthers Police must carrythe issued
revolver but some have purchased their own holster with
tie down throngs and otherstith cartridge loops sewed
on the holster The standard issue holster fits high
on the belt and has a leather flap cover
11 Mounted police who are armed only with a rifle have no
saddle scabbards and must carry their rifle across their
back supported by the sling over their chest
12 In each Department Headquarters a room is set aside for the
storage of guns and ammunition It is in charge of a nonshy
commissioned officer In some they use rifle and revolver
racks for the storage of these guns Many store the guns
in large boxes or just stacked in a corner There is no
standard plan for the storage of this equipment Most of
the guns are covered with heavy grease (See Illustrations)
15 In police barracks buildings the rifles are hung on the- foot
of the bunks by the sling or on a nail in the wall above the
bunk by the sling
14 None of the Department headquarters have facilities for gun
repairs Guns needing repairs must be sent to Bogota Nor do
any of these stations have the means for reloading ammunition
Available reloaded ammition comes from Bogota
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-56shy
gt1
15 While the National Headquarters have established regulations
Scovering marksmanship training it is not being followed
because of the shortage of ammunition None of the Departshy
ment headquarters visited have a formal shooting range
0Army and civilian club ranges are available to the police
in some areas There would be no difficulty in establishing
ranges at other locations
0
0
-t
0
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-37-
THE DEPARTAMMTO ADMIISTRATIVO DE SEGURIDAD (DAS)
ORITATION
A total of 9 DAS stations were visited
LOCATIONS
nmber of Agents Town Department
6 Girardot Cundinamarca
22 Ibagu6 Tolima
16 Medellin Antioauia
17 Bucaramanga Santander
12 Cartagena Bolivar
5 San Andrbs San Andrds Island
Agua Azul Boyac
Yopal Boyacamp
Orocu6 Boyaca
Was taken to DAS warehouse in Bogotl by John Doney Public Safety
Office Here the supply of guns ammunition and tear gas equipment
is stored and furnished to local stations Also there was an
ammunition reloading room fully equipped for reloading 38 special
revolver ammunition
OBSERVATIONS
1 The DAS is a nationwide organization with two main functions
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
(a) Investigation work in the urban areas and rural
sections for most of the nation
(b) General police work in the rural plains area southeast
of Bogota The agents work in plain clothes like
detectives except in the Ilanos (Rural Plains) where
they ampess much like cowboys with large hats and large
gun beita hung low with revolver in holster worn on
the ouiside These men operate in the enforcement of
all police activities but because of the extensive
cattleraising in the plains they are mostly confronted
with cattle rustling and bandit gangs These agentsshy
are commonly referred to as Rurales Their organization
is the Rural Security Service (See Illustrations)
2 At Agua Azul a new school is under construction for the
training of Rurales ecruits It will be complete in
every detail and an important step toward improved training
of these men (See illustration)
5 The current total strength of the DAB is 1000 agents
Many other technical and office people are employed but
they are not armed In the Rural Security Service there
are 26 main posts all operated under one chief with a
total of 218 operative agents
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-39shy
4 The firearms owned by DAS are revolvers shy
576 Colt 38 Special V barrel
445 Colt 58 Special 2 barrel
350 S amp W38 Special 6 barrel
259 S amp-W 38 special 4 barrel
10 S amp W 38 Special 2 barrel
7 Ruby-Extra 38 Special V barrel
2 Colt 32 caliber V barrel
1 Colt 32 caliber 2 barrel
12 S amp W 32 caliber 4 barrel
10 Colt 22 caliber 6 barrel
1 S amp W 22 caliber 6 barrel
Pistols
51 Colt 45 caliber
1 Colt 38 caliber
1 Colt 22 caliber
2 High Standard 22 caliber
1 Star 22 caliber
4 star - 9 mm
1 Mauser 765 DI
1 Walther T65 1im
4 Ceska 765 M
Rifles etc
22 Winchester M-94 - 30-30 Caliber
1356 Mossberg 12 gauge pump shotguns
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
- -- -- -
5ss-n
256 Madsen 9 M Sub-Machine guns
4i Madsen 765 MM Sab-Machine guns
2 Para-Bellum 9 NM Sub-Machine guns
Gas equipment shy
50 37 Ml Gas Projectile guns
200 Gas Masks
2 Gas Billy Clubs
772 37 101 Gas Cartridges
150 Special Gas Cartridges
6480 38 Caliber Gas Cartridges
OTHER
108 Bullet proof vests
18 Bullet proof masks
Ammunition
4800 -45 Caliber
- 800O - 38-Cal-iber- shy
16oooo 9 14
1721 32 Caliber
80000 38 Caliber Bullets
100000 Priemers
5 A revolver is issued to each agent which he keeps at all
times He is also issued 12 rounds of ammunition
6 -The Sub-machine guns are held in the station and issued
for special- occasions
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
7 The shotguns and Winchester M194 rifles axe assigned to
the Rural Security Service group
8 There was no gas equipment at any of the stations visited
It is all stored in the warehouse in Bogota and is outshy
dated
9 These men like the Madsen 9 mm sub-machine gun because it
is light and small and easy to conceal when working in
plain clothes
10 80 more Winchester Model 94 rifles have been ordered for the
Rural Security Service
11 When guns are stored even for short periods a mixture of
grease and gasoline is brushed on all metal parts and the
gun is placed on a shelf or stood in a corner No standard
plan for the storage of guns
12 Revolvers are stored in their original boxes with grease on
the guns (See Appendix No 5)
15 The Rural Security Service has a 6 place Cessna airplane
which is very necessary because of the lack of roads and the
long distances between posts
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
tr
S
APPENDIX No 1 S
REPORT OF VISIT TO THE MILITARY INDUSTRY FACTORY - SOACHA COLOMIA
Received by Major Luis Francisco Calixto Correal Colombian Army
the Plant Director He was very cooperative devoting 4 hours with
us He has spent some time in gun factories in the States and
seemed very capable
0
This factory employs 500 people all civilians except security
people and officers in charge of major activities
At the present time they manufacture
2
3
5
6
7
-
Sub-machine gun
FAL Rifle
Single Shot Sliot-gun
Smith-ampJliesson-Revolvers-
Shotgun Shells
Rifle Amnunition (30-06)
Singer Sewing Machine parts
---shy
0
This factory has operated for many years in an old small building
until 1961 when two large modern buildings were built They are
equipped with modern machinery most of it made in Germany It is
well arranged with ample room and considerable space available for
future expansion (See Illustrations)
S
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-43 shy
1 Sub-Machine Gun
While they have not given this gun a name it is very much like
the Madsen except they have developed some important improvements
mainly an improved safety and a selector to provide semi or full
automdtic firing The gun is equipped with a 25 shot clip and a
metalfrane stock which folds forward against the gun It is a
little heavier than the Madsen bat not objectionally so The
finished piece shows very good design and workmanship They plan
to make 1000 of these guns during the next 90 days then go into
production at the rate of 400 to 450 per month shy
2 The FAL Rifle
This is a Belgin make 7nm gas operated military rifle It
is a good design and in use as a part of the Colombian military
requirement It is also the military rifle in Ecuador They have
made 5 of these guns on a trial basis they will compare the cost
of making these guns with the price when buying them on the market
If the cost of manufacturing them justifies they will be capable of
making 10000 per year
3 Single Shot Shotgun
This is a light weight single barrel shotgun being made in
12 16 20 and 28 gauges The entire gun is made in this plant
The 12 and 16 gauges are made from new material The barrel of
the 20 and 28 gauges are being made from a large stock of used
obsolete rifle barrels They are producing 4000 of these guns
per year to be used for sale to country people and farmers
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-44shy
I
The present sale price is 360 pesos They are tooling up to make
an over and under double barrelled shotgun
1 Smith amp Wesson Revolvers
The 32 and 58 special revolvers are being assembled with parts
purchased from the S amp W company They are made with 2-12
and 6 barrels They will make 4000 of these this year to be sold
to the public This operation was started this year They are
completing a deal with S amp W to start making the parts and by next
year making the entire gun As a part of this plant operation is
a fully equipped polishing room and a blueing room
5 Shotgun Shells
The entire shell is made here however they buy the paper for
making the tube and the sheets of material for making the wads
Also the priemers and powders are purchased from Winchester Co
They make the shot and load shells with shot sizes from 00 buck to
number 10 and are producing 8 million shells per year
6 Rifle Ammunition
30-06 caliber rifle amunition is the only type being made at
this time They purchase the brass slug which is drawn and
shaped into the case Also the stainless priemers and powder is
purchased from Winchester The entire case and bullet are made
in this plant and loaded in a separate building They also have
an operation employing used cases and redonditioning them They
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-11-5shy
are producing 12 million cartridges per year and are capable of
increasing this output if required This ammunition is used by
the military in l Oarand and Mausdr rifles
7 Singer Sewing Machine Parts -
One section of the plant is set up and producing several parts of
the Singer Sewing Machine Co They are being made from recovered
material such as surplus bayonets etc
In general I was very favorably impressed with this factory Major
Calixto while a young man has a broad knowledge of manufacturing
in general and the plant and equipment was well organized The
quality of work looked very good We did not see the loading
operation because it was raining the building for loading Tas a
considerable distance away and it was very muddy We saw the
completed -shotgun shells and rifle cartridges which looked -very
satisfactory
This plant is well located about 30 miles from Bogota and could
be converted into the manufacture of many useful items Believe
it would be advisable to encourage the development of 38 special
revolver ammunition
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-46-
APPEDIX No 2
REPORT VISIT TO MILITARY FAClORY AT BELENCITO (SOGAMOSO) COLOMBIA
Were received by the Plant Director Dr Gutidrrez and the Business
Manager Major Pedro Paulo Pinto P (Colombia Army Retired)
There are about 15 large buildings at this installation employing
97 people all civilians except the security men Only 50 people
work on production the balance are used in security maintenance
and the installation of new equipment (See illustrations)
The plant was started in 1954 then for lack of funds was closed down
until 1964 The principal production has been motor projectiles in
the following sizes 60 mm 81 mm and 120 mm They have the equipshy
ment for making 75 mm 105 mm and 155 mn but it has not been set up
yet This production has been on a very limited basis
0
The foundry for molding the projectiles occupying one of the
buildings was shut down Three of the buildings contain very fine
modern machinery well arranged Most of it was made in France
Only a few of the machines are being used Some machine work is
being done for a nearby steel factory
0
No explosives or powder loading is done at this plant
In one building three large hydraulic forging haamers 100 ton 00
ton and 700 ton are being installed They claim these are to be used
for forging the -projectiles and perhaps some other things
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-47~-
Very little is being done there now but it could be developed into a very
fine factory for the manufacture of most anything made of metal The
location of this plant is not too good as it is about 200 miles from
Bogot yet it is located near steel mines and a refinery The many
separate buildings would lend itself well for several- separate operations
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
Appendix No 3
FIREAMS MAINTENANCE
Guns
1 Racks are to be constructed at each station for the storage of
revolvers rifles and shotguns The capacity of the racks to be
sufficient to contain the guns stored at the-station concerned
2 All guns to be unpacked upon receipt cleaned add stored on the
racks for easy inspection
3 All grease and oil to be removed from all guns No grease or
heavy oil to be used on guns at any time If a lubricant is required
use only a very light sewing machine oil or 3 in 1 oil Then wipe
it all off before placing the gun in the rack
4 Check and clean all stored guns once each week
5 Provide single rifle racks on the wall over bunks in barracks
for storing rifles or shotguns assigned to police while quartered
in these buildings (See rifle racks sketch attached)
6 In the gun storage rooms and in barracks buildings a table or
bench about 30 x 48 by 32 high to be established This to be
used for cleaning guns only A supply of solvent sewing machine
oil cleaning rods for rifle shotgun and revolvers cleaning
brushes and a supply of clean rags to be kept on this table
Holes may be drilled through the top of the table for inserting thh
cleaning rods The hole should be large enough to permit the rod
to go through but not the handle (See sketch of work bench attached)
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
- 2 shy
7 Whenever a gun is taken from a rack all finger marks must be
completely wiped off before it is returned to the rack These fingershy
print marks will rust quickly
Ammunition
8 Any ammunition receiyed in sealed canisters are not to beopened
until the ammunition is needed Store the cases containing sealcd
metal canisters in a cool dry room on rack platforms 4 inches above
the floor
9 Amnunition received which is not in a sealed metal canister orshy
when a canister is opened will be removed from the containers and
the boxes placed on shelves in an orderly manner Each type of
ammunition to be insepdrate stacks on the shelves The shelves to
be in a cool dry room
10 All new and reloaded mmunition received is to be dated showing
the date it is received The date will be placed on the case for
all unopened cases and on each box for less than case lots or when
-the cases are opened When issued for use issue that with the
oldest date first
11 Standard minimumand maximum stock levels for each type of
ammunition are to be established for each station or post When
stock drops to the minimum level a new supply is to be ordered
bringing the stock up to the maximum level (See recommended stock
level in attached recommendations)
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
- 3 shy
12 Ammunition issued for use is not to be kept in service more
than one year Any such ammunition which is unused after one year
is to be turned in for a new issue
13 Unused issued ammunition which is turned in after one year is
to be held in a separate wood or metal box to Le used for marksmanship
training The container is to be stored on a shelf off the floor in
a cool dry room
14 No grease or oil ts to be applied to any ammunition
15 Care must be exercised to prevent denting or scratching the
ammunition cases or bullets
16 All fired ammunition cases are to be turned in and retained in
a wood or metal box When the supply is large enough to justify it
the emptycases are to be sent to the reloading room in Bogota
17 All reloaded ammunition is to be stored oi shelves in a cool dry
room It should be in small boxes or blocks with holes for holding
the ammunition It is to be used in accordance to the date received
Gas Equipmentt
18 The 37 M projectile guns are to be stored in racks and cared
for in the manner outlined for guns
19 Gas Grenades are to be stored on shelves in clear view for easy
inspection They are to be dated showing date received
20 37 MM projectile gun cartridges are to be stored on shelves in
clear view A separate pile for each type cartridge They are to be
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-- 4
dated showing the date received
21 Wben using any of this equipment use that with the oldest date
first
22 Any gas equipment showing an expiring date Lhould not be kept in
service more than 6 months after the expiration date shown After that
it should be set aside for use in training in the use of tear gas and
a new supply obtained
23 Tear gas equipment deteriorates while in storage Therefore the
stock in s torage should be held to the minimum requirement
24 All tear gas equipment to be stored in a cool dry room
25 Gas masks to be stored on shelves in clear view Gas mask canisters (
should be dated to show date received
26 Hand grenades ate to be stored on shelves A record is to be
maintained showing the date received This date also to be put on the
grenade They are to be used in the order of date received
I
0
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
S
Sm 3s-
4 4
9
$3i~
RiFLE ACK -SCALE
CAN pound 104Of LARSER BY KtEMPN6 trwdrV 4
3o
-4shy
Swest RLEj RACK rO-e Cyrc SeYNU s
It AOunt yksUN 99C us - 7WO Or ARt useD
M IrAMCKS
t
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
Appendix No 4
MARKSMANSHIP INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Before-atny shooting is done careful instructions must be given
in range safety Never point the gun at anything you do not want to
shoot and keep the cylinder open when gun is hot holstered etc
Revolver
1 Each policeman tobe required to fire at least 20 rounds each month
Once each week would be better Hand loaded ammunition is recommended
tor this training
2 The firing to be on a standard slow fire target 50 yards if
possible or 25 yards on the reduced target Allfiring to e slow
fire single action
3 Firing to be accompanied by organized dry firing The importance
of dry fire practice cannot be overly stressed on the range or at other
times but be sure the gun is not loaded
4 Continuing or progressive records should bemaintained on each mans
scores to show degree of improvement
5 When the individual is capable of a slow fire score of 65 for 10
shots he will be started in timed fire on the regulkr timed fire target
at 25 yards or a reduced target if that distancd is not available
10 shots of timed fire to be shot in addition to 10 shots ot slow fire
Timing for timed fire 5 shots in 25 seconds either single or double
action
6 When the individual is -capable of a timed fire score of 60 he will
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-2 shy
be started in rapid fire on the same target used for timed fire
10 shots of rapid fire will be fired in addition to the slow and
timed fire shooting Rapid fire timing --5 shots in 15 seconds
either single or double action
7 When the individual is capable of a rapid fire score of 50 he is
ready to be started in the modifiedpractical pistol course fired on
the silhouette target It should be fired in stages instead of firing
the complete course The 25 yard stage to be fired first It consists
of 18 shots fired as follows all from the 25 yard line 6 shots
kneeling 6 shots from behind a barricade with left hand and 6 shots fiorm
behind the Larricade with the right hand The shooter will start
from the standing position with his rivolver loaded with 6 rounds and
holstered At the command Fire he will go into position draw and
start firing The total time allowed including changing positions and
reloading will be 95 seconds Firing to be double action
8 When the individual is capable of a score of 85 for the 25 yard
-stage he should be- trained- for the 7--yard stage At this range he
will fire 12 rounds doble action from the hip in 30 seconds including
reloading lie will start ih the standing position and upon the
command Fire will draw and start firing The gun will not be raised
to eye level while firing
9 When the individual iscapable of a score of 60 at 7 yards he
will be given instructions in the 50 yard stage It consists of
24 rounds fired single action as follows 6 rounds sitting 6 rounds
4
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
- 3 shy
pione 6 rounds from behind a barricade with left hand and -6 rounds
from behind the barricade with right hand lHe will stand with his
gun loauded with 6 rounds and holstered On the command Fire he
will go into position draw and start firing The total time allowed
including changing positions and loading will be 3 minutes
10 To complete the modified practical pistol course he must fire
the lost stage of 6 rounds slow fire free hand standing from 25shy
yards This may be either single or double action Time allowed
6 minutes (See sketches of positions attached)
11 When firing the complete PPC it is to be done in the following
order
a 12 rounds 7 yards-double action from the tip Time 30
seconds
b 18 rounds 25 yards 6 kneeling 6 left hand and 6 right
hand both from behind a barricade All double action
Time 95 seconds
c gt24 rounds 50ltyards 6 sitting 6 prone 6 left Tand and
6 right hand both from behind a barricade ill single
action Time 3 minutes
d 6 rounds 25 yards standing free hand either hand single
action Time 6 minutes
12 At this time the conventional course of fire or the National
Natch Course may be dropped except for occasionally as available
emmunition will permit The modified PEC consisting of 60 rounds
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
1
-4
should be fired at least once each month
13 If ammunition is not available in sufficient quantities for
firing the complete PEC course each month or if additional practice
is desired the following should he used
Fire the modified 10 shot V1C This is done in the same mrnner
as outlined above except only one round will be loaded instead of 6
The cylinder will be spun and closed and the shooter will start firing
until the live round is expended He will then reject the empty shell
and load again with one round This method will be followed until the
course is completed
This course provides excellent practice in timing loading and
position The gun should be loaded with 5 empty cases with one open
chamber for loading the live round When fired take out only one fired
case and load a live one The same time limits apply as when firing
6 shot loads
14 The use of this modified course is to permit more shooters to
fire on targets- spaced- 5 feet on centers ars none-of the shooters
get ahead of the firing line while the firing is in progress It
also provides for better firing line control and instructions
15 If possible the firing line should face north for tbe best
natural lighting of the targets Firing points are to be located
at 725 and 50 yards from the target with barricades at the 25 and
50 yard lines Barricades may be a 2 x 4 planted in the ground but
4
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-5-
barricade 12 or 14 inches wide is better -The one vt 25 yard is
placed ro the left of the firing lane and at 50 yards to the right
16 Either the Colf Silhouette target or the International Rapid
Fire Silhouette target may be used for the modified practical pistol
course The target is stapled to a -corrugated cardboard backing
sheet which is fastened to the target frame
17- Reloaded 38 special amunition is to be-used with the service
revolver The requiredammunition is to be carried loose in the shooters
18 Firing line commands-
For conventional billeyes shooting
on the line with 5 rounds load
Is the line ready When no one indicates he isnotready shy
The-line is ready Ready on the right ready on the left
Ready on the firing line Commence firing - Cease -firing
cylinders open and guns on table - Is the line clear--go
forward and score targets
For the modified practical pistol course
On the lineload 6 rounds and holster gun
Is the line ready - The line is ready - ready on the
right) ready on the left ready on the firing line shy
Commence firing - Cease firing - Unload and holster
guns - Is the line clear--go forward and score targets
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
I
-6
whistle may be used for the Commence firing and Cease
firing commands
19 If a shooter hcs a bad case of flinching with his slow fire
bulleyes shooting it is suggested that the instructor hold the gun
so the shooter cannot see it and load one round spin the cylinder
and close it then hand it to the shooter to try If the hammer
falls on an empty chamber both the instructor cnd the shooter can
see the degree of jerk or flinch By repeating this and a great
deal of careful dry firing the shooter usually overcomes the
flinching This should be done before he starts firing timed or
rapid fire
20 When planning to dry fire be sure gun is not loaded -Dry
firing does not hurt a revolver It is a very good exercise provided
it is done right To just hold the gun up and snap it is worse than t
not doing it at all Dry firing should be done with as much care
as live firing The aiming point should be small to induce good
holding Each shot shouId beatied as if the gun were loaded Take 4 a deep breath as the arm is extended then let out about half of it
Then hold the breath and start to squeeze as the sights are in
alignment with the bulleyes letting up on the squeeze when the
sights are off until the hammer finally falls Then hold the gun
there and decide if it was a good let off and where the shot would
have hit If the arm gets tired before the baumer falls take it 4
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
- 7 shy
down and rest before trying again It is a good idea to use a small
paper target on the shooting table and each time the hanmer falls
make a mark on the -target where the bullet would have hit After 10
such plotted shots keep the target until the next target is actually
fired to see if the plotted target was honest This type ofdry
firing will improve anynes shooting ability
Rifle
21 Marksmanship instruction for the caliber 30 NI carbine or the
NI 30-06 rifle should all be at the bulleyes target at 100 yards
Each policeman to fire 10 rounds with each gun once per month for 3
months After that he should be required to fire 10 rounds with each
rifle once each year At the start the rifle should be fired in the
prone position When theshooter shows satisfactory ability he should
try firing from the kneeling and standing positions The sling should
be used to steady the rifle while firing This will give every
policeman an opportunity to be rhecked out with the gun and for him
to know what to expect when it becomes necessary for him to fire it
22 For teaching proper sight alignment for either rifle or pistol
some paige sighting devicesshould be obtained from the National Rifle
Association in Washington D C at $100 each It has a small
spindle which is placed in the muzzle of the gun A small artificial
bulleyes attached to the spindle can be adjusted to make a perfect
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
I
-8shy
sight picture and the adjustment will hold while the instructor
checks for correctness
23 Shotgun Each policeman should be given the opportunity to
fire up to 5 shots with the shotgun It should be fired at a blank
paper 4 feet square at 30 and 50 yards Because of the spread of
the shot careful aiming is not required as with a rifle or revolver
nor is constant practice required However it is very important
that each policeman understands the operation has operated and
knows what to expect when it is fired
24 Gas Equipment Every policeman should become familiar with
the gas equipment and understand how to use it While it is not
likely there will be enough of this equipment for each man to try
it satisfactory results may be obtained by taking the police in
groups The instructor can demonstrate the proper methods of using
this equipment Each manshould go through the exercise of putting
on and taking off the gas mask The instructor will explain the
37 MMi gas projectile gun and its functions Then the blast cartridge
will be explained how it is used to stop a crowd from rushing them
or for moving a crowd back Then fire oneto demonstratte its action
Next explain the projectile cartridge and its use For firing
into crowds when thle distance is too great for the blast cartridge
or for firing through a window to bring someone out of a building
who refuses to come Then demonstrate firing
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
- 9-
Explain the grenade and its operation This should be in great
detail as much damage can befall the policeman if the grenade is not
operated properly After the pin has been pulled the grenade should be
lofted into the crowd to allow additional time in reaching the target
Then it should be burning or operating when it falls and it will be
too hot to handle If it is thrown straight into the crowd often
they will pick it up and throw it back at the police
25 Hand Grenades Here again the instructions should be to groups shy
with the instructor explaining and demonstrating The functions
should be much like outlined above for gas grenade except more caution
must be exercised as these grenades are much more dangerous If
possible a supply of non-explosive practice grenades should be obtained
to permit the police the opportunity to practice throwing them
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
----
_____ ____ _____ ____ __
w - gt~
AS ao
~_ - ----4
-q-
V
It
C
~4- - 4 4
- a
- 7
CAbnaJ4eL ~L$ttStTC ~5p~D~
74i~eA VL~t~x~ ~M~-
A 44
i
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
4 IALL =e UaIans PAINT- shy
3 alACK 00Li Wfitfl OR TLLOV
ITTamp 61 MUSt P43an si
F I
- s2 iMTIAt 1xIRACS
- NETAL C4l
-IrIN15 + IIK it
K
brA - -i ~3S DENTALCA01 shy
-I m-rAt 5
1 I-sstI-
2 M
Idshy
I SID ST N
i ~~~StflflOHASGfl ~ ~t
-3-- -- - MATE1XALj I534-
ci Ut
FR STaOPMprtTs rJunl SIAuca - r-flt3 111101 FLTSn 43 two1
PIPs mustR a Wn acts S IN-f 0-fllM otR sT nt rD to 1amp fLA17 PLAn PLANS awarIG
=3FT 4t A LO a new onesarr r1N1 Puj
q1 1ali I- G511 lFL40 ru s sa to C NtA$OWI til I11 ovs Smarr
nor~a tzccnt 7j1 o elamUsOASt AWNVS ToS StAFT RI-JIVARB WAt 1x
- -4-4- PLATE (03 IN 48ALA8LATEEll =3Slb1DIA TM415OTaDV PIPS
3O-58 DN CUTERS
4x41 POST TARGETS 4 4-t POSTL 8 oxc +
GOUND LEVEL fCAUD LiLt
DN-T~p L-Tyrsence Secao r F
TLqysOR $TADMIDPRAxM FOR COLTS SILOUTTE FRAME AMERICAI Tiam TARCET -- TARCITS TO BE TACNT - TARTOS TO U8 ScnaArr No i amp HOUITSD ON SIEETS OF VALLCARD 0eUNTEDORi SfSETS Of ALLBOARO ]xi 26tZ6-
EAamp SCNEme No I a I
4 C(4)
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
I 6 4 4e 4 1 1
FBI ACADEMY PRACTICAL PISTOL tOURSE The practical pistol course consists of 50 shots on the silhouatte target
VARIOUS FIRIIG POSTURES S SCORING
SHS STRIKING SILHOUETTE TARGET ACCORDINGSCORED TOTE VALUE OFTHATAREA TOTALTIMESIXMINUTES AND TENSECONDS
PROW SITHING INEELIIG STAII lip SHOOTING
25 YARDUINE START HERE
on4J-et- oI or o - OE ArAW I 11sapoundMAt Mol60 YARDLINE - s ampO -ISl I44
A R R ICA O L AS D M AS RIMEITEt I oSTADR lkO VLRO B S CatR Sit THUE rA lrIN( wnJEt MIN AO
CDuINC( FGRANEaS
i A RACOADSWhILE rE 5S 01 TtkAL 9510us MDLSTERIrsG
Audrct IOI 01 INaK
DIEFENSE SHOOTING WH AHANDGUNELI
s Isum MuR men InHIutMtarmmimi
Fifty shots are scored on a silhouette taiget in the total time The Practical PistolCourse is a routine range exercise 0-yd lineline live from the of six minutes and ten seconds This allotted time covers ten shots fired from the 7-yd
Before the course is comhpleted the tive firing posturetwenty from the 50-yd line and fifteen from the 25-yd line -prone sitting standing kneeling hip shooting-bave been assumed at different fie lines some of them several
distance and from behind barricadestimes The course includes firing at close range at a
11h1CI11(Repintdte 111frmLw ~~o~cmC~t (Repnriatest from~rthe FBI Law Enforcement Bulfletin)
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
Xe S
I
Ae
71
7 - N
it
tC
uui~ cu WITHlk QslrLfl
9 9 10 4lS I
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
9
-A 0 $I
4- I1
SITTING POSITION KNEELING
POSITION
V
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
A
4
PRONE POSITION BARRICADE POSITION (And Alternative Hand Positions) (Standing With Support)
I p 6
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
CN
C
9 0
z 0 9
0 2
S
n~
tri
9 1
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
Appendix No 5
NATIONAL POLICE FIREARM1IS ADMINISTRATION
One officer of at least major rank at National Headquartersto
be in complete charge of the National Police Firearms Program He
should have a broad knowledge and adeep interest in police firearms
Because of this requirement of special knowledge his appointment should
be of long duration and not rotated periodically It would be his reshy
sponsibility to -prepare regulations ofn the following subjects circulate
them and make inspection trips to see that they are being followed
Gun Storage
Firearms Repair
Ammunition Storage
AmmunitionReloading
Gun and Ammunition Records
Gun Care and Maintenance
Investigation and reporting procedures on lost guns
Revolver Marksmanship
Rifle Marksmanship
Shotgun Marksmanship
Development and Construction of firing ranges
Use of gas equipment
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
a 2
Use of hand grenades
inventory of guns amunition and related equipment
In truiniing progras he will eCopertte with F3 Section
Each Department Headquarters to have a nonncommissioned officer
in charge of the Department Firearms Program for that Department under
the National Headquarters Office It will be his responsibility to see
that the firearms programs are distributed to sub-stations and followed
by them He will conduct invessecttigatioii covdting the loss of guns
It will be noted that some of the suggested regulations are p
covered in other appendixes in this reportj
AP
0
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
Appendix N 6
EQUIPMENT RE UIRED FOR A WELL E4UIPPED
GUN REPAIR SHOP
At least 2 benches 30 wide 48 long and 32 high (See
sketch attached)
Atleast 10 revolver repair boxes 5 wide 2 high and 12
long open on top to contain the revolver being repaired and its parts
(See sketch attached)
At least 10 revolvers stands 5 wide 10 long and 20 high
with 38t dowel pins on 2 centers to hold 5 revolvers by standing them
on the muzzle with the barrel over the dowel pin (See sketch attached)
At least 3 rifle racks 35 wide and 32 high with spaces for
6 -rifles spaced of 5 centers (See sketch attached)
At least one metal 6leaning tank 10 X 10 A 40 long
A shaded light for each bench
The following tools for each bench
2 - 4 barrette files
2 - 6 pillar files
3 - 7 screw drivers
2 - 10 screw drivers
2 - 4 hard-slip stones
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
S
-2 shy
1 - 41 vice
The following special tools to be obtained from the Smith amp Wesson Co
for each bench
1 - Hand pin holder
1 - Sear pin holder
1 - Locking bolt pin holder
1 - Locking bolt holder
I - Round Bobbit
1 - Locking pin drift
1 - Barrel pin drift
1 - Brushing pin drift
1 - Yoke liner
1 - Temporary center pin (work pin)
1 - Vice blocks for removing barrels
1 - Alloy fork for removing barrels
1 - Each shims - 004 - 006 -- 008-- 010shy
1 - Each barrel and cylinder clearance head
space gauge - 062 - 0640
The following special tools to be obtained from the Colt Co
for each bench
1 - Ratchet wrench for each model gun
1 - Crane bushing wrench
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
- 3 shy
- Spring depressor
- Counter bore D 12999
- Counter bore C 1206-4
- 356 machine tap screw
- 264 machine tap screw i
The additional tools are required for general use in the shop Larger
numbers of these items may be rdquired for larger shops
1 - Soldering torch kit
2- Extra propane gas cylinders for the soldering kit
1 - Spool acid core wire solder
1 - Can soldering flux
1 - 38 hand drill
1 - dozen 10 single cut smooth files
1 - Hacksaw
1 - dozen 12- 24 hacksaw blades
6- 6 half round wood rasps
3- 6 long nosed pliers
3- 6 diagonal cut pliers
3- 6 standard pliers
2- Drive pin punch setsshy
3 - Size 3 prich punches
6- 4 tweezers
J~~~114
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
- 4shy
1 - Micrometer - 0 to 1
- Sharpening stone 1 X 2 I 9 a 50 - Sheets crocus abrasive cloth
50 - Sheets 280 wet or dry abrasive paper
50 - Sheets 400 wet or dry abrasive paper a 3 - Wire scratch brushes
6 - 1 round bristle brushes
3 - pound ball peen hammers a 3 - pound bar peen hammers
3 - 4 pound rawhide or plastic hammers
2 - Dozen bottles bore cleaner U
2 - Dozen bottles gun oil
2 - Dozen bottles gun solvent
1 - Set drill bits to--
2 - Sets needle files
2 - Dozen boxes small gun cleaning patches
2 - Dozen boxes large gun cleaning patches - 0S
6 - Rifle cleaning rods
6 - Revolver cleaning rods
- Shotgun cleaning rods I 1 - Dozen 38 caliber brass cleaning brushes
- Dozen 12 gauge brass cleaning brushes
2 - Sets trigger weights to 4k pounds ak
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-5
Special tools required for the caliber 30 111 Carbines
1 - Gas cylinder reconditioning tool 7160995
6 - Bolt disasserabling tools 9 7313298
6 - Trigger spring assembly tools 7160026
10 - Bolt disassembltng tool releases 7313300
1 - Head space gauge length 1298 7319938
1 - Head space gauge length 1302 7319943
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
Jr
4o 37VZS9 N-AOOW I V 9Ntl4sl tm
ar-3)Jom s a~nrd it r v Iwoau A flbfl OA S2QN -HaN98 xxYOA I
rn e Kamp
~-I-IlUI I 1)
I 11A4-Vv V lAU r rw -I 4 I 1 4 1
og ---i h 14 Aft
-0S600 0 0 to 0
L
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
4
0~4 w 4 SS S a
--~-shy
N(d eAQC btt cYLi ~i A1oAJ1~$J~ -UN(as ~2AYQA2Y ~r 4S J
0 0 o C ci -
Th91 jy y2A1O n I
W ~ T T
IT
1
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
7A7GAIJ
JO 0 -W
7 46
Ii[A SWAY
4 -It -4 I
I
09 06
I
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
Appendix NO 7
SPARE PARTS REQUIRED FOP FIREARMS REPAIR SHOP
Caliber 30 i1 Carbine
50 5305 299 1269 Screws
50 1005 313 9442 Spring
50 1005 519 6436 Nut
100 1005 519 6437 Extractor Plunger
20 1005 519 6446 Piston
100 5315 519 6449 Pin
100 5315 519 6450 Pin
45 1005 519 6451 Key
75 5315 519 6453 Pin
75 1005 519 6456 Gasket
50 1005 614 6873 Screws
100 1005 519 6459 Spring
100 1005 519 6466 Spring
55 5315 519 6482 Pin
55 1005 519 6484 Spring
60 1005 537 7921 Spring
60 1005 537 7984 Spring
45 1005 555 7148 Bolt Br
25 1005 555 7152 Sling
45 1005 565 3449- Hanmer
1005 614 7695 Plunger
100 1005 620 0976 Pin
100 1005 620 0981 Pin
100 1005 620 0985 Pin
45
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
-2shy
100 1005 620 0987 Extractor
50 1005 620 0988 Trigger
25 1005 620 0995 Sight
40 1005 620 0997 Plate 0 100 1005 621 2601 Ejector
40 1005 621 2602 Guard
100 1005 b21 2603 Magazine
25 1005 657 3955 Rear Sight
65 1005 716 0092 Bolt
70 1005 716 0472 Plunger
100 1005 716 1841 Sear
60 1005 716 1842 Catch
25 1005 716 1843 Slide
40 1005 716 1845 Stock
50 1005 716 2080 Safety
100 1005 716 2546 Cap
75 1005 731 2452 Stop
75 1005 731 2453 Spring
100 5305 726 5209 Screw
Smith and Wesson Revolver 38 Special M amp P Model
25 Barrel Assembly
30 Hammer Block
30 Locking Bolt
40 Bolt Assembly
40 Extractor Rod Collar
30 Yoke Complete
25 Cylinder Assembly
35 Hamter Assembly
45 Hand
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
- 3 shy
20 Thumbpiece
30 Trigger lever
30 Extractor
50 Stirrup pin
60 Main spring
25 Thumbpiece nut
50 Barrel pin
100 Extractor positioning pin
40 Hammer nose
40 Hammer stirrup pin
50 Hand spring pin
50 Sear pin
40 Stock pin
40 Trigger lever pin
75 Cylinder stop plunger
25 Hand torsion spring
60 Extractor rod
100 Bolt plunger
70 Hammer nose rivet
50 Center pin
60 Cylinder stop plunger screw
65 Large head plate screw
100 Small head plate screw
65 small head plate screw flat
bO Stock screw
50 Strain Screw
100 Sear
60 Hammer nose bushing
50 Rebound slide
100 Center pin spring
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
111
100
60
100 50 50
icI 50
50
50 i
100
100
40
30I()
100 9
50
Colt Revo 4940 shy
40
30
30
30
30
46
-4050
68 20 50
50
30
z -4
~ I1 M2I)7 1 -y r -Cylinder stop plunger spring r 11i 1 10 S uf
Extractor spring10W) Alz( uipht
Bolt plunger spring u991 Illtt- 10
Locaing bolt spring 20144 Rebound slide spring
Sear spring A it
Stirrup j L3955 Left hand stock 310- flu
bo]ltRight hand stock P tC 1It5 716 0472
Lockinb bolt pin10015 10 18 41
Cn t 1cSide plateLP05 7 to
Cylinder Stopt100gt 71It 13343 side
Trigflr5assembly
lvers 38 Sp tal Police Positive
SHanier
Hammer pin ltL~ ~
Hammer stirrup 1
Eammer stirrup pin
Safety
Safety lever
A cin4
vNaing-r in
ranr - ly
Firhen bushing
Crane lack detent Cranelock etea
0
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
40
40
30
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
60
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
30
100
25
40
50
-5-
Crane lock spring
Crane lock screw
Latch
Cylinder bushing pin
Latch spring
Latch spring guide
Latch pin
Trigger
Trigger pin
Rachet
Ejector rod
Ejector rod head
Ejector rod spring
Bolt
Bolt spring
Stock screw
Cylinder bushing
Bolt screw
Rebound lever
Rebound lever spr ing
Side plate -
Side plate screws
Cylinders
Barrel
Pair stocks
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
I~
The military factory at Sogamoso
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
I
Foundry operations Military factory at Sogamoso
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
1
Foundry operation Military factory at Sogamoso
One of the machine shops Military factory at Sogamoso
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
The Military factory at Soacha
30-06 ammunition manufacture Shptgun shell manufacture
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
A Mounted Police outpost armed with Caradineros about to leave for jungle patrol rifles only of several days armed only with a rifle
Raincoats and a few provisions on the floor in front
New Department (State) police Firing range at police school at Espinol headquarters under construction at Nieva
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
These rifles were so covered with grease Note the geners1 disorder in gun storage it was dripping on the floor room
Rifles stored in boxes One box opened Typical gun storagefor the picture
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
Rifles stored horizontaly Cristobal carbines stacked together Madsen sub-machine guns above rifies
Revolver storage near door where the Typical rifle storage Mauser rifles revolvers are issued to police shifts
- - _j
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
Jr
This will be corrected whenCrowded un repair shop it is moved into the new building being built
and noorly ventilated bulletRevolver amnumition reloading room Crowded casting room
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul
- _____P -
Np
DAS Rural Security Service airplaneDAS Rural Secubity Service outpost at Orocue Typical dress for these Rurales
DAS Rural Security Service Recruit National Police rifles and tear gas equipment stored in boxesschool under construction at Agua Azul